]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blame - gas/doc/as.texinfo
Properly implement STT_COMMON
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
6f2750fe 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132
RH
34@ifset AOUT
35@set aout-bout
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset BOUT
44@set aout-bout
45@end ifset
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
6f2750fe 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
6f2750fe 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
234 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9
NC
237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
238 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
239 [@b{--hash-size}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}]
240 [@b{--statistics}]
241 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
242 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
243 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 244 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
b8871f35 245 [@b{--elf-stt-common=[no|yes]}]
a0b7da79
MM
246 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
247 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
248@c
249@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 250@c Add an empty line for separation.
a06ea964
NC
251@ifset AARCH64
252
253@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
254 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 255 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 256@end ifset
625e1353
RH
257@ifset ALPHA
258
259@emph{Target Alpha options:}
260 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
261 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 262 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
263 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
264 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
265@end ifset
252b5132 266@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
267
268@emph{Target ARC options:}
886a2506
NC
269 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
270 [@b{-mA6}|@b{-mARC600}|@b{-mARC601}|@b{-mA7}|@b{-mARC700}|@b{-mEM}|@b{-mHS}]
271 [@b{-mcode-density}]
4670103e 272 [@b{-mrelax}]
a4fb0134 273 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
274@end ifset
275@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
276
277@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 278@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
279 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
280 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
281 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
282 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 283 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 284 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
285 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
286 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
287 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 288 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 289@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
290@ifset Blackfin
291
292@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
293 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
294 [@b{-mfdpic}]
295 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
296 [@b{-mnopic}]
297@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
298@ifset CRIS
299
300@emph{Target CRIS options:}
301 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
302 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
303 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 304 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
305@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
306@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
307@end ifset
252b5132 308@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
309
310@emph{Target D10V options:}
311 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
312@end ifset
313@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
314
315@emph{Target D30V options:}
316 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 317@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
318@ifset EPIPHANY
319
320@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
321 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
322@end ifset
252b5132 323@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
324
325@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
326 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
327@end ifset
328@ifset HPPA
329@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
330@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
331@ifset I80386
332
333@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 334 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 335 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
336@end ifset
337@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
338
339@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 340@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
341 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
342 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
343 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 344@end ifset
587fe2b3 345@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 346
9e32ca89
NC
347@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
348 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
349 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
350 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 351 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 352 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 353 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
354 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
355@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
356@ifset IP2K
357
358@emph{Target IP2K options:}
359 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
360@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
361@ifset M32C
362
363@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 364 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 365@end ifset
587fe2b3 366@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 367
a4fb0134
SC
368@emph{Target M32R options:}
369 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 370 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 371@end ifset
252b5132 372@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
373
374@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
375 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 376@end ifset
60bcf0fa 377@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
378
379@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 380 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
381 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
382 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 383 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
384 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
385 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
386@end ifset
387@ifset MCORE
388
389@emph{Target MCORE options:}
390 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
391 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 392@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
393@ifset METAG
394
395@emph{Target Meta options:}
396 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
397@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
398@ifset MICROBLAZE
399@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
400@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
401@end ifset
252b5132 402@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
403
404@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 405 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 406 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 407 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 408 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
409 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
410 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 411 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 412 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
413 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
414 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 415 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
ba92f887 416 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 417 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 418 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 419 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 420 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 421 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 422 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 423 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 424 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
56d438b1 425 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 426 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 427 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 428 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
833794fc 429 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 430 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 431 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
432 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
433 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 434 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 435 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
436@end ifset
437@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
438
439@emph{Target MMIX options:}
440 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
441 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
442 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 443 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 444@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
445@ifset NIOSII
446
447@emph{Target Nios II options:}
448 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
449 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
450@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
451@ifset NDS32
452
453@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
454 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
455 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
456 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
457 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
458 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
459 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
460 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
461 [@b{-mb2bb}]
462@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
463@ifset PDP11
464
465@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
466 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
467 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 468 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
469@end ifset
470@ifset PJ
471
472@emph{Target picoJava options:}
473 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
474@end ifset
475@ifset PPC
476
477@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
478 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
479 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
480 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 481 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 482 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
a680de9a
PB
483 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-mpower9}|@b{-mpwr9}@b{-ma2}|
484 @b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
5817ffd1 485 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 486 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
487 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
488 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 489 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 490 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 491@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
492@ifset RL78
493
494@emph{Target RL78 options:}
495 [@b{-mg10}]
496 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
497@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
498@ifset RX
499
500@emph{Target RX options:}
501 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 502 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
503 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
504 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
505 [@b{-mpid}]
506 [@b{-mrelax}]
507 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
508 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 509@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
510@ifset S390
511
512@emph{Target s390 options:}
513 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
514 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
515 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
516@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
517@ifset SCORE
518
519@emph{Target SCORE options:}
520 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
521 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
522 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
523 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
524@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
525@ifset SPARC
526
527@emph{Target SPARC options:}
528@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
529 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
530 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
531 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
532 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
533@end ifset
534@ifset TIC54X
535
536@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 537 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
538 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
539@end ifset
40b36596
JM
540@ifset TIC6X
541
542@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
543 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
544 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
545 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 546@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
547@ifset TILEGX
548
549@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 550 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
551@end ifset
552@ifset TILEPRO
553@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
554@end ifset
b6605ddd 555@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 556
b6605ddd
EB
557@emph{Target Visium options:}
558 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
559@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
560@ifset XTENSA
561
562@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
b46824bd
MF
563 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}]
564 [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
2d8b84ae
SA
565 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
566 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
567 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 568 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 569@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
570@ifset Z80
571
572@emph{Target Z80 options:}
573 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
574 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
575 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
576 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
577 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
578 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
579 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
580@end ifset
a4fb0134 581@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 582
a4fb0134 583@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 584@end ifset
e0001a05 585
0285c67d 586@c man end
252b5132
RH
587@end smallexample
588
0285c67d
NC
589@c man begin OPTIONS
590
a4fb0134 591@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 592@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 593
83f10cb2 594@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
595Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
596
a4fb0134 597@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
598@item -ac
599omit false conditionals
600
601@item -ad
602omit debugging directives
603
83f10cb2
NC
604@item -ag
605include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
606
252b5132
RH
607@item -ah
608include high-level source
609
610@item -al
611include assembly
612
613@item -am
614include macro expansions
615
616@item -an
617omit forms processing
618
619@item -as
620include symbols
621
622@item =file
623set the name of the listing file
624@end table
625
626You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
627listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
628the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
629
caa32fe5 630@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
631Begin in alternate macro mode.
632@ifclear man
633@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
634@end ifclear
caa32fe5 635
955974c6 636@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
637Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
638ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
639linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
640given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 641
151411f8
L
642@ifset ELF
643@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
644@item --compress-debug-sections=none
645@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
646@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
647@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
648These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
649@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
650@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
651@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 652@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 653@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
654@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
655sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
656@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
657@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
658
151411f8
L
659@end ifset
660
955974c6 661@item --nocompress-debug-sections
e12fe555
NC
662Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all
663targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to
664override this.
955974c6 665
252b5132
RH
666@item -D
667Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
668other assemblers.
669
3d6b762c
JM
670@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
671When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
672information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
673
252b5132
RH
674@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
675Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
676@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
677indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
678value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
679use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
680
681@item -f
682``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
683compiler output).
684
329e276d
NC
685@item -g
686@itemx --gen-debug
687Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
688debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
689ECOFF or DWARF2.
690
252b5132
RH
691@item --gstabs
692Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
693may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
694
05da4302
NC
695@item --gstabs+
696Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
697extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
698debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
699may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
700the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
701
329e276d 702@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 703Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 704may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 705option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 706
b40bf0a2
NC
707@item --gdwarf-sections
708Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
709.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
710corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
711will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
712@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
713then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
714suffix.
715
b8871f35 716@ifset ELF
21be61f5
L
717@item --size-check=error
718@itemx --size-check=warning
719Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
720
b8871f35
L
721@item --elf-stt-common=no
722@itemx --elf-stt-common=yes
723These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate common
724symbols with the @code{STT_COMMON} type. The default can be controlled
725by a configure option @option{--enable-elf-stt-common}.
726@end ifset
727
252b5132
RH
728@item --help
729Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
730
ea20a7da
CC
731@item --target-help
732Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
733
252b5132
RH
734@item -I @var{dir}
735Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
736
737@item -J
738Don't warn about signed overflow.
739
740@item -K
741@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
742This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
743@end ifclear
744@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
745Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
746@end ifset
747
748@item -L
749@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
750Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
751system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
752or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
753@ifclear man
754@xref{Symbol Names}.
755@end ifclear
252b5132 756
c3a27914
NC
757@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
758Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
759listing to @var{number}.
760
761@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
762Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
763lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
764
765@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
766Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
767@var{number} bytes.
768
769@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
770Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
771to @var{number} + 1.
772
252b5132 773@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 774Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
775
776@item -R
777Fold the data section into the text section.
778
d60646b9 779@item --hash-size=@var{number}
4bdd3565
NC
780Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
781@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
782assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
783memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
784requirements at the expense of speed.
785
786@item --reduce-memory-overheads
787This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
788assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
789@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
790
451133ce
NP
791@ifset ELF
792@item --sectname-subst
793Honor substitution sequences in section names.
794@ifclear man
795@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
796@end ifclear
797@end ifset
798
252b5132
RH
799@item --statistics
800Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
801assembly.
802
803@item --strip-local-absolute
804Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
805
806@item -v
807@itemx -version
a4fb0134 808Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
809
810@item --version
a4fb0134 811Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
812
813@item -W
2bdd6cf5 814@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
815Suppress warning messages.
816
2bdd6cf5
GK
817@item --fatal-warnings
818Treat warnings as errors.
819
820@item --warn
821Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
822
252b5132
RH
823@item -w
824Ignored.
825
826@item -x
827Ignored.
828
829@item -Z
830Generate an object file even after errors.
831
832@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
833Standard input, or source files to assemble.
834
835@end table
2a633939
JM
836@c man end
837
a06ea964
NC
838@ifset AARCH64
839
840@ifclear man
841@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
842for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
843@end ifclear
844
845@ifset man
846@c man begin OPTIONS
847The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
84864-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
849@c man end
850@c man begin INCLUDE
851@include c-aarch64.texi
852@c ended inside the included file
853@end ifset
854
855@end ifset
856
2a633939
JM
857@ifset ALPHA
858
859@ifclear man
860@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
861for an Alpha processor.
862@end ifclear
863
864@ifset man
865@c man begin OPTIONS
866The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
867processor.
868@c man end
869@c man begin INCLUDE
870@include c-alpha.texi
871@c ended inside the included file
872@end ifset
873
874@end ifset
252b5132 875
2a633939 876@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 877@ifset ARC
886a2506
NC
878The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an ARC
879processor.
252b5132 880
a4fb0134 881@table @gcctabopt
886a2506 882@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
0d2bcfaf
NC
883This option selects the core processor variant.
884@item -EB | -EL
885Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
886a2506
NC
886@item -mcode-density
887Enable Code Density extenssion instructions.
252b5132
RH
888@end table
889@end ifset
890
891@ifset ARM
892The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
893processor family.
894
a4fb0134 895@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 896@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 897Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 898@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 899Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 900@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 901Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
902@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
903Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
904@item -mthumb
905Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 906@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
907Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
908@item -EB | -EL
909Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
910@item -mthumb-interwork
911Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
912ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
913@item -mccs
914Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
915@item -k
916Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
917@end table
918@end ifset
635fb38d 919@c man end
252b5132 920
9982501a 921@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
922
923@ifclear man
924@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
925configured for the Blackfin processor family.
926@end ifclear
927
928@ifset man
929@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
930The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
931the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
932@c man end
933@c man begin INCLUDE
934@include c-bfin.texi
935@c ended inside the included file
936@end ifset
9982501a 937
9982501a
JZ
938@end ifset
939
635fb38d 940@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
941@ifset CRIS
942See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
943@end ifset
944
252b5132
RH
945@ifset D10V
946The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
947a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 948@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
949@cindex D10V optimization
950@cindex optimization, D10V
951@item -O
952Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
953@end table
954@end ifset
955
956@ifset D30V
957The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
958processor.
a4fb0134 959@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
960@cindex D30V optimization
961@cindex optimization, D30V
962@item -O
963Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
964
965@cindex D30V nops
966@item -n
967Warn when nops are generated.
968
969@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
970@item -N
971Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
972@end table
973@end ifset
731caf76
L
974@c man end
975
cfb8c092
NC
976@ifset EPIPHANY
977The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
978Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
979
56b13185
JR
980@ifclear man
981@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
982configured for an Epiphany processor.
983@end ifclear
cfb8c092 984
56b13185
JR
985@ifset man
986@c man begin OPTIONS
987The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
988an Epiphany processor.
989@c man end
990@c man begin INCLUDE
991@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
992@c ended inside the included file
993@end ifset
994
995@end ifset
996
997@ifset H8300
998
999@ifclear man
1000@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1001for an H8/300 processor.
1002@end ifclear
1003
1004@ifset man
1005@c man begin OPTIONS
1006The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
1007processor.
1008@c man end
1009@c man begin INCLUDE
1010@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
1011@c ended inside the included file
1012@end ifset
cfb8c092 1013
cfb8c092
NC
1014@end ifset
1015
731caf76 1016@ifset I80386
252b5132 1017
731caf76
L
1018@ifclear man
1019@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1020configured for an i386 processor.
1021@end ifclear
1022
1023@ifset man
1024@c man begin OPTIONS
1025The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1026an i386 processor.
1027@c man end
1028@c man begin INCLUDE
1029@include c-i386.texi
1030@c ended inside the included file
1031@end ifset
1032
1033@end ifset
1034
1035@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
1036@ifset I960
1037The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1038Intel 80960 processor.
1039
a4fb0134 1040@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1041@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
1042Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
1043
1044@item -b
1045Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
1046
1047@item -no-relax
1048Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
1049error if necessary.
1050
1051@end table
1052@end ifset
1053
a40cbfa3
NC
1054@ifset IP2K
1055The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1056Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1057
1058@table @gcctabopt
1059
1060@item -mip2022ext
1061Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1062
1063@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1064Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1065just the basic IP2022 ones.
1066
1067@end table
1068@end ifset
1069
49f58d10
JB
1070@ifset M32C
1071The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1072Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1073
1074@table @gcctabopt
1075
1076@item -m32c
1077Assemble M32C instructions.
1078
1079@item -m16c
1080Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1081
c54b5932
DD
1082@item -relax
1083Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1084
1085@item -h-tick-hex
1086Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1087
49f58d10
JB
1088@end table
1089@end ifset
1090
ec694b89
NC
1091@ifset M32R
1092The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1093Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1094
a4fb0134 1095@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1096
1097@item --m32rx
1098Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1099is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1100
1101@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1102Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1103encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1104
1105@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1106Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1107encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1108
1109@end table
1110@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1111
1112@ifset M680X0
1113The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1114Motorola 68000 series.
1115
a4fb0134 1116@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1117
1118@item -l
1119Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1120
0285c67d
NC
1121@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1122@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1123@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1124Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1125is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1126
1127@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1128The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1129The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1130the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1131two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1132coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1133
1134@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1135The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1136unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1137
1138@end table
1139@end ifset
1140
36591ba1
SL
1141@ifset NIOSII
1142
1143@ifclear man
1144@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1145for an Altera Nios II processor.
1146@end ifclear
1147
1148@ifset man
1149@c man begin OPTIONS
1150The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1151Altera Nios II processor.
1152@c man end
1153@c man begin INCLUDE
1154@include c-nios2.texi
1155@c ended inside the included file
1156@end ifset
1157@end ifset
1158
e135f41b
NC
1159@ifset PDP11
1160
1161For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1162see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1163
a4fb0134 1164@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1165@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1166Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1167default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1168
1169@item -mall
1170@itemx -mall-extensions
1171Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1172
1173@item -mno-extensions
1174Disable all instruction set extensions.
1175
1176@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1177Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1178
1179@item -m@var{cpu}
1180Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1181disable all other extensions.
1182
1183@item -m@var{machine}
1184Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1185model, and disable all other extensions.
1186@end table
1187
1188@end ifset
1189
041dd5a9
ILT
1190@ifset PJ
1191The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1192a picoJava processor.
1193
a4fb0134 1194@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1195
1196@cindex PJ endianness
1197@cindex endianness, PJ
1198@cindex big endian output, PJ
1199@item -mb
1200Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1201
1202@cindex little endian output, PJ
1203@item -ml
1204Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1205
1206@end table
1207@end ifset
1208
60bcf0fa
NC
1209@ifset M68HC11
1210The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1211Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1212
a4fb0134 1213@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1214
6927f982 1215@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1216Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1217defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1218
6927f982
NC
1219@item --xgate-ramoffset
1220Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1221XGATE address space.
1222
2f904664
SC
1223@item -mshort
1224Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1225
1226@item -mlong
01642c12 1227Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1228
1229@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1230Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1231
1232@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1233Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1234
1370e33d 1235@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1236Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1237conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1238sub routine.
1239
1370e33d
NC
1240@item -S | --short-branches
1241Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1242when the offset is out of range.
1243
1244@item --strict-direct-mode
1245Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1246when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1247
1248@item --print-insn-syntax
1249Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1250
1251@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1252Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1253
1254@item --generate-example
6927f982 1255Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1256This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1257
1258@end table
1259@end ifset
1260
252b5132 1261@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1262The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1263for the SPARC architecture:
1264
a4fb0134 1265@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1266@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1267@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1268Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1269
1270@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1271@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1272
1273@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1274UltraSPARC extensions.
1275
1276@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1277For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1278equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1279
1280@item -bump
1281Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1282@end table
1283@end ifset
1284
39bec121
TW
1285@ifset TIC54X
1286The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1287architecture.
39bec121 1288
a4fb0134 1289@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1290@item -mfar-mode
1291Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1292extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1293@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1294Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1295@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1296Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1297behaviour in the shell.
1298@end table
1299@end ifset
1300
252b5132
RH
1301@ifset MIPS
1302The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1303a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1304
a4fb0134 1305@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1306@item -G @var{num}
1307This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1308implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1309use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1310
1311@cindex MIPS endianness
1312@cindex endianness, MIPS
1313@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1314@item -EB
1315Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1316
1317@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1318@item -EL
1319Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1320
1321@cindex MIPS ISA
1322@item -mips1
1323@itemx -mips2
1324@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1325@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1326@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1327@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1328@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1329@itemx -mips32r3
1330@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1331@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1332@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1333@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1334@itemx -mips64r3
1335@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1336@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1337Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1338@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1339alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1340@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1341@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1342@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1343@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1344MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1345Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1346MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1347
98508b2a
RS
1348@item -march=@var{cpu}
1349Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1350
1351@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1352Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1353
1354@item -mfix7000
1355@itemx -mno-fix7000
1356Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1357of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1358
a8d14a88
CM
1359@item -mfix-rm7000
1360@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1361Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1362followed by a load instruction.
1363
ecb4347a
DJ
1364@item -mdebug
1365@itemx -no-mdebug
1366Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1367section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1368
dcd410fe
RO
1369@item -mpdr
1370@itemx -mno-pdr
1371Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1372
437ee9d5
TS
1373@item -mgp32
1374@itemx -mfp32
1375The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1376flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1377all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1378and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1379
351cdf24
MF
1380@item -mgp64
1381@itemx -mfp64
1382The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1383flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1384all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1385and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1386
1387@item -mfpxx
1388The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1389this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1390which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
139132 or 64 bits wide.
1392
1393@item -modd-spreg
1394@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1395Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1396registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1397@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1398
437ee9d5
TS
1399@item -mips16
1400@itemx -no-mips16
1401Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1402@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1403turns off this option.
252b5132 1404
df58fc94
RS
1405@item -mmicromips
1406@itemx -mno-micromips
1407Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1408@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1409turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1410at the start of the assembly file.
1411
e16bfa71
TS
1412@item -msmartmips
1413@itemx -mno-smartmips
1414Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1415equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1416@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1417
1f25f5d3
CD
1418@item -mips3d
1419@itemx -no-mips3d
1420Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1421This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1422@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1423
deec1734
CD
1424@item -mdmx
1425@itemx -no-mdmx
1426Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1427This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1428@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1429
2ef2b9ae
CF
1430@item -mdsp
1431@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1432Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1433This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1434@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1435
8b082fb1
TS
1436@item -mdspr2
1437@itemx -mno-dspr2
1438Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1439This option implies -mdsp.
1440This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1441@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1442
56d438b1
CF
1443@item -mmsa
1444@itemx -mno-msa
1445Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1446This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1447@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1448
7d64c587
AB
1449@item -mxpa
1450@itemx -mno-xpa
1451Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1452This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1453@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1454
ef2e4d86
CF
1455@item -mmt
1456@itemx -mno-mt
1457Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1458This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1459@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1460
dec0624d
MR
1461@item -mmcu
1462@itemx -mno-mcu
1463Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1464This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1465@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1466
833794fc
MR
1467@item -minsn32
1468@itemx -mno-insn32
1469Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1470microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1471instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1472the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1473option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1474start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1475selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1476
437ee9d5
TS
1477@item --construct-floats
1478@itemx --no-construct-floats
1479The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1480double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1481value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1482the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1483selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1484
3bf0dbfb
MR
1485@item --relax-branch
1486@itemx --no-relax-branch
1487The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1488branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1489out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1490
ba92f887
MR
1491@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1492Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1493(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1494
252b5132
RH
1495@cindex emulation
1496@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1497This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1498on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1499removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1500It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1501
1502The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1503@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1504is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1505big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1506preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1507
1508@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1509@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1510the native tools.
1511
252b5132
RH
1512@item --trap
1513@itemx --no-trap
1514@itemx --break
1515@itemx --no-break
1516Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1517@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1518(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1519@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1520break exception.
63486801
L
1521
1522@item -n
a4fb0134 1523When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1524time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1525@end table
1526@end ifset
1527
1528@ifset MCORE
1529The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1530an MCore processor.
1531
a4fb0134 1532@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1533@item -jsri2bsr
1534@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1535Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1536The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1537
1538@item -sifilter
1539@itemx -nosifilter
1540Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1541The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1542
1543@item -relax
1544Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1545
ec694b89
NC
1546@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1547Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1548can be assembled.
1549
1550@item -EB
1551Assemble for a big endian target.
1552
1553@item -EL
1554Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1555
1556@end table
1557@end ifset
a3c62988 1558@c man end
252b5132 1559
a3c62988
NC
1560@ifset METAG
1561
1562@ifclear man
1563@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1564for a Meta processor.
1565@end ifclear
1566
1567@ifset man
1568@c man begin OPTIONS
1569The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1570Meta processor.
1571@c man end
1572@c man begin INCLUDE
1573@include c-metag.texi
1574@c ended inside the included file
1575@end ifset
1576
1577@end ifset
1578
1579@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1580@ifset MMIX
1581See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1582@end ifset
1583
35c08157
KLC
1584@ifset NDS32
1585
1586@ifclear man
1587@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1588for a NDS32 processor.
1589@end ifclear
1590@c ended inside the included file
1591@end ifset
1592
1593@ifset man
1594@c man begin OPTIONS
1595The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1596NDS32 processor.
1597@c man end
1598@c man begin INCLUDE
1599@include c-nds32.texi
1600@c ended inside the included file
1601@end ifset
1602
635fb38d 1603@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1604@ifset PPC
1605
1606@ifclear man
1607@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1608for a PowerPC processor.
1609@end ifclear
1610
1611@ifset man
1612@c man begin OPTIONS
1613The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1614PowerPC processor.
1615@c man end
1616@c man begin INCLUDE
1617@include c-ppc.texi
1618@c ended inside the included file
1619@end ifset
1620
1621@end ifset
1622
635fb38d 1623@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1624@ifset RX
1625See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1626@end ifset
1627
11c19e16
MS
1628@ifset S390
1629The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1630processor family.
1631
1632@table @gcctabopt
1633@item -m31
1634@itemx -m64
1635Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1636@item -mesa
1637@item -mzarch
1638Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1639Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1640@item -march=@var{processor}
1641Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
cfc72779 1642@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, @samp{z10},
1e2e8c52 1643@samp{z196}, @samp{zEC12}, or @samp{z13}.
11c19e16
MS
1644@item -mregnames
1645@itemx -mno-regnames
1646Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1647@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1648Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1649but evaluates to zero.
1650@end table
1651@end ifset
2a633939 1652@c man end
11c19e16 1653
40b36596 1654@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1655
1656@ifclear man
1657@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1658for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1659@end ifclear
1660
1661@ifset man
1662@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1663The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1664TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1665@c man end
1666@c man begin INCLUDE
1667@include c-tic6x.texi
1668@c ended inside the included file
1669@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1670
1671@end ifset
1672
aa137e4d
NC
1673@ifset TILEGX
1674
1675@ifclear man
1676@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1677for a TILE-Gx processor.
1678@end ifclear
1679
1680@ifset man
1681@c man begin OPTIONS
1682The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1683processor.
1684@c man end
1685@c man begin INCLUDE
1686@include c-tilegx.texi
1687@c ended inside the included file
1688@end ifset
1689
1690@end ifset
1691
b6605ddd
EB
1692@ifset VISIUM
1693
1694@ifclear man
1695@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1696for a Visium processor.
1697@end ifclear
1698
1699@ifset man
1700@c man begin OPTIONS
1701The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1702processor.
1703@c man end
1704@c man begin INCLUDE
1705@include c-visium.texi
1706@c ended inside the included file
1707@end ifset
1708
1709@end ifset
1710
e0001a05 1711@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1712
2d8b84ae
SA
1713@ifclear man
1714@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1715for an Xtensa processor.
1716@end ifclear
1717
1718@ifset man
1719@c man begin OPTIONS
1720The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1721Xtensa processor.
1722@c man end
1723@c man begin INCLUDE
1724@include c-xtensa.texi
1725@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1726@end ifset
1727
2d8b84ae
SA
1728@end ifset
1729
1730@c man begin OPTIONS
1731
3c9b82ba
NC
1732@ifset Z80
1733The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1734a Z80 family processor.
1735@table @gcctabopt
1736@item -z80
1737Assemble for Z80 processor.
1738@item -r800
1739Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1740@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1741@itemx -Wnud
1742Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1743@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1744@itemx -Wnup
1745Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1746@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1747@itemx -Wud
1748Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1749@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1750@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1751Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1752@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1753@itemx -Fud
1754Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1755@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1756@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1757Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1758@end table
1759@end ifset
1760
0285c67d
NC
1761@c man end
1762
252b5132
RH
1763@menu
1764* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1765* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1766* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1767* Command Line:: Command Line
1768* Input Files:: Input Files
1769* Object:: Output (Object) File
1770* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1771@end menu
1772
1773@node Manual
1774@section Structure of this Manual
1775
1776@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1777This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1778@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1779notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1780@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1781
1782@ifclear GENERIC
1783We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1784configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1785@end ifclear
1786@ifset GENERIC
1787This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1788various flavors of the assembler.
1789@end ifset
1790
1791@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1792On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1793to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1794In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1795architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1796mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1797particular architecture.
1798@ifset GENERIC
1799You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1800machine architecture manual for this information.
1801@end ifset
1802@ifclear GENERIC
1803@ifset H8/300
1804For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1805Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1806Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1807@end ifset
252b5132 1808@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1809For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1810see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1811@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1812@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1813@end ifset
1814@ifset Z8000
1815For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1816@end ifset
1817@end ifclear
1818
1819@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1820@ignore
1821Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1822the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1823Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1824computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1825once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1826qualification.
1827
a4fb0134 1828@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1829human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1830computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1831@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1832@end ignore
1833
1834@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1835@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1836@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1837@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1838@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1839@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1840@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1841@c directives).
1842
1843@node GNU Assembler
1844@section The GNU Assembler
1845
0285c67d
NC
1846@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1847
a4fb0134 1848@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1849@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1850This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1851configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1852@end ifclear
1853If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1854should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1855architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1856including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1857@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1858
1859@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1860@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1861@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1862@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1863assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1864machine would assemble.
1865@ifset VAX
1866Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1867@end ifset
1868@ifset M680X0
1869@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1870@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1871This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1872assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1873incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1874@end ifset
1875
0285c67d
NC
1876@c man end
1877
a4fb0134 1878Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1879program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1880@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1881
1882@node Object Formats
1883@section Object File Formats
1884
1885@cindex object file format
1886The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1887object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1888write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1889are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1890Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1891@ifclear GENERIC
1892@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1893For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1894@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1895@end ifclear
1896@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1897@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1898On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1899@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1900@end ifset
1901@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1902On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1903SOM or ELF format object files.
1904@end ifset
1905@end ifclear
1906
1907@node Command Line
1908@section Command Line
1909
1910@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1911
a4fb0134 1912After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1913options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1914before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1915significant.
1916
1917@cindex standard input, as input file
1918@kindex --
1919@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1920explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1921
1922@cindex options, command line
1923Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1924hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1925@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1926option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1927the letter is important. All options are optional.
1928
1929Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1930name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1931with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1932standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1933
1934@smallexample
1935@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1936@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1937@end smallexample
1938
1939@node Input Files
1940@section Input Files
1941
1942@cindex input
1943@cindex source program
1944@cindex files, input
1945We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1946describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1947be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1948doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1949
1950@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1951@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1952The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1953order specified.
1954
0285c67d 1955@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1956Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1957program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1958(The standard input is also a file.)
1959
a4fb0134 1960You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1961names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1962command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1963is taken to be an input file name.
1964
a4fb0134
SC
1965If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1966from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1967may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1968to assemble.
1969
1970Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1971in your command line.
1972
a4fb0134 1973If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1974file.
1975
0285c67d
NC
1976@c man end
1977
252b5132
RH
1978@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1979
1980@cindex input file linenumbers
1981@cindex line numbers, in input files
1982There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1983either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1984number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1985``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1986
1987@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1988to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1989
1990@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1991directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1992error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1993is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1994@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1995@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1996
1997@node Object
1998@section Output (Object) File
1999
2000@cindex object file
2001@cindex output file
2002@kindex a.out
2003@kindex .o
a4fb0134 2004Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
2005your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
2006is the object file. Its default name is
2007@ifclear BOUT
2008@code{a.out}.
2009@end ifclear
2010@ifset BOUT
2011@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 2012@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 2013@end ifset
a4fb0134 2014@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 2015@end ifset
a4fb0134 2016You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
2017object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2018reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2019directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2020possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2021
2022@cindex linker
2023@kindex ld
2024The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2025assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2026the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2027information for the debugger.
2028
2029@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2030@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2031
2032@node Errors
2033@section Error and Warning Messages
2034
0285c67d
NC
2035@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2036
a349d9dd 2037@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2038@cindex warning messages
2039@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2040@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2041file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2042runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2043that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2044grave problem that stops the assembly.
2045
0285c67d
NC
2046@c man end
2047
252b5132
RH
2048@cindex format of warning messages
2049Warning messages have the format
2050
2051@smallexample
2052file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2053@end smallexample
2054
2055@noindent
72e0b254
NC
2056@cindex file names and line numbers, in warnings/errors
2057(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If both a logical file name
2058(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) and a logical line number
252b5132
RH
2059@ifset GENERIC
2060(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2061@end ifset
72e0b254
NC
2062have been given then they will be used, otherwise the file name and line number
2063in the current assembler source file will be used. The message text is
2064intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix tradition).
2065
2066Note the file name must be set via the logical version of the @code{.file}
2067directive, not the DWARF2 version of the @code{.file} directive. For example:
2068
2069@smallexample
2070 .file 2 "bar.c"
2071 error_assembler_source
2072 .file "foo.c"
2073 .line 30
2074 error_c_source
2075@end smallexample
2076
2077produces this output:
2078
2079@smallexample
2080 Assembler messages:
2081 asm.s:2: Error: no such instruction: `error_assembler_source'
2082 foo.c:31: Error: no such instruction: `error_c_source'
2083@end smallexample
252b5132
RH
2084
2085@cindex format of error messages
2086Error messages have the format
72e0b254 2087
252b5132
RH
2088@smallexample
2089file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2090@end smallexample
72e0b254 2091
252b5132
RH
2092The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2093messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2094because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2095
2096@node Invoking
2097@chapter Command-Line Options
2098
2099@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2100This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2101versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2102for options specific
252b5132 2103@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2104to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2105@end ifclear
2106@ifset GENERIC
2107to particular machine architectures.
2108@end ifset
2109
0285c67d
NC
2110@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2111
c1253627 2112If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2113you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2114The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2115by commas. For example:
2116
2117@smallexample
2118gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2119@end smallexample
2120
2121@noindent
2122This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2123standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2124local symbols in the symbol table).
2125
2126Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2127command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2128(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2129precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2130assembler.)
2131
0285c67d
NC
2132@c man end
2133
252b5132 2134@menu
83f10cb2 2135* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2136* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2137* D:: -D for compatibility
2138* f:: -f to work faster
2139* I:: -I for .include search path
2140@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2141* K:: -K for compatibility
2142@end ifclear
2143@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2144* K:: -K for difference tables
2145@end ifset
2146
ba83aca1 2147* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2148* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2149* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2150* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2151* o:: -o to name the object file
2152* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2153* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2154* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2155* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2156* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2157* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2158@end menu
2159
2160@node a
83f10cb2 2161@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2162
2163@kindex -a
2164@kindex -ac
2165@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2166@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2167@kindex -ah
2168@kindex -al
2169@kindex -an
2170@kindex -as
2171@cindex listings, enabling
2172@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2173
2174These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2175@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2176You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2177@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2178@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2179@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2180High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2181@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2182also.
2183
83f10cb2
NC
2184Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2185information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2186
252b5132
RH
2187Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2188which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2189other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2190omitted from the listing.
2191
2192Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2193listing.
2194
2195Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2196listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2197@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2198@code{.sbttl}.
2199The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2200If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2201listing-control directives have no effect.
2202
2203The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2204@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2205
96e9638b
BW
2206Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2207because it
c3a27914
NC
2208is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2209is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2210directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2211stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2212memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2213
caa32fe5
NC
2214@node alternate
2215@section @option{--alternate}
2216
2217@kindex --alternate
2218Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2219
252b5132 2220@node D
a4fb0134 2221@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2222
2223@kindex -D
2224This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2225likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2226@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2227
2228@node f
a4fb0134 2229@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2230
2231@kindex -f
2232@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2233@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2234@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2235(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2236and comment preprocessing on
2237the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2238,Preprocessing}.
2239
2240@quotation
2241@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2242preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2243not work correctly.
2244@end quotation
2245
2246@node I
c1253627 2247@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2248
2249@kindex -I @var{path}
2250@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2251@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2252@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2253Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2254@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2255directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2256many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2257working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2258searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2259specified (left to right) on the command line.
2260
2261@node K
a4fb0134 2262@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2263
2264@kindex -K
2265@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2266On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2267permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2268where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2269generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2270family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2271alteration on other platforms.
2272@end ifclear
2273
2274@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2275@cindex difference tables, warning
2276@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2277@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2278form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2279You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2280is done.
2281@end ifset
2282
2283@node L
ba83aca1 2284@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2285
2286@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2287@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2288Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2289@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2290called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2291such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2292programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2293notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2294such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2295
2296This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2297in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2298@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2299
c3a27914 2300@node listing
a4fb0134 2301@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2302
2303The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2304@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2305hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2306them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2307directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2308@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2309@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2310@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2311
a4fb0134 2312@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2313@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2314@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2315@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2316Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2317dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2318
2319@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2320@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2321@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2322Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2323a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2324the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2325switch is used the default is to one.
2326
2327@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2328@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2329@cindex Width of source line output
2330Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2331alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2332source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2333
2334@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2335@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2336@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2337Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2338displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2339@end table
2340
252b5132 2341@node M
a4fb0134 2342@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2343
2344@kindex -M
2345@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2346The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2347changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2348compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2349configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2350MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2351information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2352arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2353assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2354
2355The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2356depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2357file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2358individually. These are:
2359
2360@itemize @bullet
2361@item global symbols in common section
2362
2363The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2364Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2365common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2366symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2367symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2368
2369@item complex relocations
2370
2371The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2372relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2373are not support by other object file formats.
2374
2375@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2376
2377The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2378This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2379instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2380script.
2381
2382@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2383
2384The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2385name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2386
2387@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2388
2389The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2390address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2391which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2392not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2393assigned within a linker script.
2394@end itemize
2395
2396There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2397@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2398seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2399
2400@itemize @bullet
2401
2402@item EBCDIC strings
2403
2404EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2405
2406@item packed binary coded decimal
2407
2408Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2409and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2410
2411@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2412
2413The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2414
2415@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2416
2417The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2418
2419@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2420
2421The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2422@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2423relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2424these options serve no purpose.
2425
2426@item @code{OPT} list control options
2427
2428The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2429@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2430@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2431
2432@item other @code{OPT} options
2433
2434The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2435@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2436
2437@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2438
2439The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2440@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2441
2442@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2443
2444The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2445
2446@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2447
2448The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2449
2450@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2451
2452The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2453
2454@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2455
2456The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2457
2458@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2459
2460The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2461
2462@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2463
2464The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2465
2466@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2467
2468The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2469
2470@end itemize
2471
2472@node MD
c1253627 2473@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2474
2475@kindex --MD
2476@cindex dependency tracking
2477@cindex make rules
2478
a4fb0134 2479@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2480file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2481dependencies of the main source file.
2482
2483The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2484
2485This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2486
2487@node o
a4fb0134 2488@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2489
2490@kindex -o
2491@cindex naming object file
2492@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2493There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2494default it has the name
2495@ifset GENERIC
2496@ifset I960
2497@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2498@end ifset
2499@ifclear I960
2500@file{a.out}.
2501@end ifclear
2502@end ifset
2503@ifclear GENERIC
2504@ifset I960
2505@file{b.out}.
2506@end ifset
2507@ifclear I960
2508@file{a.out}.
2509@end ifclear
2510@end ifclear
2511You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2512object file a different name.
2513
a4fb0134 2514Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2515existing file of the same name.
2516
2517@node R
a4fb0134 2518@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2519
2520@kindex -R
2521@cindex data and text sections, joining
2522@cindex text and data sections, joining
2523@cindex joining text and data sections
2524@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2525@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2526data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2527the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2528section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2529your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2530appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2531
a4fb0134 2532When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2533address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2534data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2535older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2536
c1253627
NC
2537@ifset COFF-ELF
2538When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2539this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2540@samp{.data}.
2541@end ifset
2542
2543@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2544@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2545@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2546@end ifset
2547
2548@node statistics
a4fb0134 2549@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2550
2551@kindex --statistics
2552@cindex statistics, about assembly
2553@cindex time, total for assembly
2554@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2555Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2556@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2557(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2558seconds).
2559
2560@node traditional-format
c1253627 2561@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2562
2563@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2564For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2565from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2566@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2567
2568For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2569@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2570
2571@node v
a4fb0134 2572@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2573
2574@kindex -v
2575@kindex -version
2576@cindex assembler version
2577@cindex version of assembler
2578You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2579option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2580command line.
2581
2582@node W
a4fb0134 2583@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2584
a4fb0134 2585@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2586assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2587cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2588made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2589
c1253627
NC
2590@kindex -W
2591@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2592@cindex suppressing warnings
2593@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2594If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2595This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2596how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2597are still reported.
2598
c1253627 2599@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2600@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2601@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2602If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2603files that generate warnings to be in error.
2604
c1253627 2605@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2606@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2607You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2608causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2609
2610@node Z
a4fb0134 2611@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2612@cindex object file, after errors
2613@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2614After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2615some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2616@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2617option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2618writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2619errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2620
2621@node Syntax
2622@chapter Syntax
2623
2624@cindex machine-independent syntax
2625@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2626This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2627source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2628assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2629@ifclear VAX
2630assembler.
2631@end ifclear
2632@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2633assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2634@end ifset
2635
2636@menu
7c31ae13 2637* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2638* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2639* Comments:: Comments
2640* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2641* Statements:: Statements
2642* Constants:: Constants
2643@end menu
2644
2645@node Preprocessing
2646@section Preprocessing
2647
2648@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2649The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2650@itemize @bullet
2651@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2652@item
2653adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2654the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2655a single space.
2656
2657@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2658@item
2659removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2660appropriate number of newlines.
2661
2662@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2663@item
2664converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2665@end itemize
2666
2667It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2668anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2669do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2670(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2671to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2672@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2673Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2674
2675Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2676cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2677preprocessed.
2678
2679@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2680@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2681@kindex #NO_APP
2682@kindex #APP
2683If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2684@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2685Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2686specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2687text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2688@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2689@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2690and whitespace.
2691
2692@node Whitespace
2693@section Whitespace
2694
2695@cindex whitespace
2696@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2697Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2698people to read. Unless within character constants
2699(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2700as exactly one space.
2701
2702@node Comments
2703@section Comments
2704
2705@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2706There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2707cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2708
2709Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2710This means you may not nest these comments.
2711
2712@smallexample
2713/*
2714 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2715 is to use this sort of comment.
2716*/
2717
2718/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2719@end smallexample
2720
2721@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2722Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2723considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2724specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2725line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2726line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2727comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2728upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2729@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2730
2731If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2732special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2733to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2734
2735@kindex #
2736@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2737@cindex logical line numbers
2738To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2739special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2740expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2741line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2742new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2743
2744If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2745the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2746
2747@smallexample
2748 # This is an ordinary comment.
2749# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2750 # This is logical line # 36.
2751@end smallexample
2752This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2753of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2754
2755@node Symbol Intro
2756@section Symbols
2757
2758@cindex characters used in symbols
2759@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2760A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2761letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2762@samp{_.$}.
2763@end ifclear
2764@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2765@ifclear GENERIC
2766@ifset H8
2767A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2768letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2769@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2770symbol names.)
2771@end ifset
2772@end ifclear
2773@end ifset
2774@ifset GENERIC
2775On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2776are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2777@end ifset
2778No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
d02603dc 2779There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
7bfd842d
NC
2780are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2781beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2782of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
d02603dc
NC
2783
2784Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such
2785cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double
2786quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceeded by a
2787backslash @code{\} character.
252b5132
RH
2788@cindex length of symbols
2789
2790@node Statements
2791@section Statements
2792
2793@cindex statements, structure of
2794@cindex line separator character
2795@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2796
2797A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2798@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2799specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2800target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2801The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2802preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2803exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2804
2805@cindex newline, required at file end
2806@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2807It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2808character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2809
2810An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2811
2812@cindex instructions and directives
2813@cindex directives and instructions
2814@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2815@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2816@c 13feb91.
2817A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2818key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2819symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2820symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2821directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2822a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2823assembles into a machine language instruction.
2824@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2825Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2826recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2827represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2828language.@refill
2829@end ifset
2830
2831@cindex @code{:} (label)
2832@cindex label (@code{:})
2833A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2834Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2835have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2836
2837@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2838For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2839the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2840only one label may be defined on each line.
2841@end ifset
2842
2843@smallexample
2844label: .directive followed by something
2845another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2846 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2847@end smallexample
2848
2849@node Constants
2850@section Constants
2851
2852@cindex constants
2853A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2854inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2855@smallexample
2856@group
2857.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2858.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2859.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2860.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
286195028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2862@end group
2863@end smallexample
2864
2865@menu
2866* Characters:: Character Constants
2867* Numbers:: Number Constants
2868@end menu
2869
2870@node Characters
2871@subsection Character Constants
2872
2873@cindex character constants
2874@cindex constants, character
2875There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2876for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2877numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2878@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2879used in arithmetic expressions.
2880
2881@menu
2882* Strings:: Strings
2883* Chars:: Characters
2884@end menu
2885
2886@node Strings
2887@subsubsection Strings
2888
2889@cindex string constants
2890@cindex constants, string
2891A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2892double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2893into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2894a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2895one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2896@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2897(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2898escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2899
2900@cindex escape codes, character
2901@cindex character escape codes
361fa3a4
NC
2902@c NOTE: Cindex entries must not start with a backlash character.
2903@c NOTE: This confuses the pdf2texi script when it is creating the
2904@c NOTE: index based upon the first character and so it generates:
2905@c NOTE: \initial {\\}
2906@c NOTE: which then results in the error message:
2907@c NOTE: Argument of \\ has an extra }.
2908@c NOTE: So in the index entries below a space character has been
2909@c NOTE: prepended to avoid this problem.
252b5132
RH
2910@table @kbd
2911@c @item \a
2912@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2913@c
361fa3a4 2914@cindex @code{ \b} (backspace character)
252b5132
RH
2915@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2916@item \b
2917Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2918
2919@c @item \e
2920@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2921@c
361fa3a4 2922@cindex @code{ \f} (formfeed character)
252b5132 2923@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
361fa3a4 2924@item backslash-f
252b5132
RH
2925Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2926
361fa3a4 2927@cindex @code{ \n} (newline character)
252b5132
RH
2928@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2929@item \n
2930Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2931
2932@c @item \p
2933@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2934@c
361fa3a4
NC
2935@cindex @code{ \r} (carriage return character)
2936@cindex carriage return (@code{backslash-r})
252b5132
RH
2937@item \r
2938Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2939
2940@c @item \s
2941@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2942@c other assemblers.
2943@c
361fa3a4 2944@cindex @code{ \t} (tab)
252b5132
RH
2945@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2946@item \t
2947Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2948
2949@c @item \v
2950@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2951@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2952@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2953@c
361fa3a4 2954@cindex @code{ \@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
252b5132
RH
2955@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2956@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2957An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2958For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2959for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2960
361fa3a4 2961@cindex @code{ \@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
252b5132
RH
2962@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2963@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2964A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2965lower case @code{x} works.
2966
361fa3a4 2967@cindex @code{ \\} (@samp{\} character)
252b5132
RH
2968@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2969@item \\
2970Represents one @samp{\} character.
2971
2972@c @item \'
2973@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2974@c This is needed in single character literals
2975@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2976@c a @samp{'}.
2977@c
361fa3a4 2978@cindex @code{ \"} (doublequote character)
252b5132
RH
2979@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2980@item \"
2981Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2982this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2983
2984@item \ @var{anything-else}
2985Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2986assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2987you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2988interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2989other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2990code and warns you of the fact.
2991@end table
2992
2993Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2994varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2995the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2996compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2997sequence.
2998
2999@node Chars
3000@subsubsection Characters
3001
3002@cindex single character constant
3003@cindex character, single
3004@cindex constant, single character
3005A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
3006followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
3007to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
3008must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
3009@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
3010grave accent. A newline
3011@ifclear GENERIC
3012@ifclear abnormal-separator
3013(or semicolon @samp{;})
3014@end ifclear
3015@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
3016@ifset H8
3017(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 3018Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
3019@end ifset
3020@end ifset
3021@end ifclear
3022immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
3023and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
3024constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 3025that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
3026@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
3027
3028@node Numbers
3029@subsection Number Constants
3030
3031@cindex constants, number
3032@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 3033@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
3034are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
3035would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
3036integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
3037are floating point numbers, described below.
3038
3039@menu
3040* Integers:: Integers
3041* Bignums:: Bignums
3042* Flonums:: Flonums
3043@ifclear GENERIC
3044@ifset I960
3045* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
3046@end ifset
3047@end ifclear
3048@end menu
3049
3050@node Integers
3051@subsubsection Integers
3052@cindex integers
3053@cindex constants, integer
3054
3055@cindex binary integers
3056@cindex integers, binary
3057A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3058the binary digits @samp{01}.
3059
3060@cindex octal integers
3061@cindex integers, octal
3062An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3063digits (@samp{01234567}).
3064
3065@cindex decimal integers
3066@cindex integers, decimal
3067A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3068more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3069
3070@cindex hexadecimal integers
3071@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3072A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3073more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3074
3075Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3076the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3077(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3078
3079@node Bignums
3080@subsubsection Bignums
3081
3082@cindex bignums
3083@cindex constants, bignum
3084A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3085except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3086represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3087integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3088
3089@node Flonums
3090@subsubsection Flonums
3091@cindex flonums
3092@cindex floating point numbers
3093@cindex constants, floating point
3094
3095@cindex precision, floating point
3096A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3097indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3098@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3099sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3100to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3101portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3102
3103A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3104@itemize @bullet
3105@item
3106The digit @samp{0}.
3107@ifset HPPA
3108(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3109@end ifset
3110
3111@item
a4fb0134 3112A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3113@ifset GENERIC
3114@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3115@ignore
3116@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3117(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
31184.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3119@end ignore
3120
7be1c489 3121On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
3122and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
3123one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3124
3125On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3126(in upper or lower case).
3127
3128On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
3129one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3130
3131On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3132@end ifset
3133@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3134@ifset ARC
3135One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3136@end ifset
3137@ifset H8
3138One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3139@end ifset
3140@ifset HPPA
3141The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3142@end ifset
3143@ifset I960
3144One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3145@end ifset
3146@end ifclear
3147
3148@item
3149An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3150
3151@item
3152An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3153
3154@item
3155An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3156or more decimal digits.
3157
3158@item
3159An optional exponent, consisting of:
3160
3161@itemize @bullet
3162@item
3163An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3164@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3165@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3166@item
3167Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3168@item
3169One or more decimal digits.
3170@end itemize
3171
3172@end itemize
3173
3174At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3175present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3176
a4fb0134 3177@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3178independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3179@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3180
3181@ifclear GENERIC
3182@ifset I960
3183@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
3184@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
3185@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
3186@node Bit Fields
3187@subsubsection Bit Fields
3188
3189@cindex bit fields
3190@cindex constants, bit field
3191You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 3192Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
3193@example
3194@var{mask}:@var{value}
3195@end example
3196@noindent
a4fb0134 3197@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
3198@var{value}.
3199
3200The resulting number is then packed
3201@ifset GENERIC
3202@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
3203(in host-dependent byte order)
3204@end ifset
3205into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
3206bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
3207requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
3208more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
3209least significant digits.@refill
3210
3211The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
3212@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
3213@end ifset
3214@end ifclear
3215
3216@node Sections
3217@chapter Sections and Relocation
3218@cindex sections
3219@cindex relocation
3220
3221@menu
3222* Secs Background:: Background
3223* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3224* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3225* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3226* bss:: bss Section
3227@end menu
3228
3229@node Secs Background
3230@section Background
3231
3232Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3233``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3234For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3235
3236@cindex linker, and assembler
3237@cindex assembler, and linker
3238The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3239combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3240emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3241@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3242different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3243oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3244sections.
3245
3246@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3247addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3248units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3249within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3250run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3251the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3252the proper run-time addresses.
3253@ifset H8
7be1c489 3254For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3255@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3256ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3257@end ifset
3258
3259@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3260An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3261of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3262@dfn{bss} sections.
3263
c1253627 3264@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3265@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3266When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3267@end ifset
a4fb0134 3268@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3269using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3270If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3271or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3272@end ifset
3273
3274@ifset HPPA
3275@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3276When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3277@end ifset
a4fb0134 3278@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3279specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3280@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3281(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3282assembler directives.
3283
3284@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3285Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3286text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3287is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3288BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3289@end ifset
3290@end ifset
3291
3292Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3293data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3294
3295@ifset HPPA
3296When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3297section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3298@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3299@end ifset
3300
3301To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3302relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3303object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3304@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3305file is mentioned:
3306@itemize @bullet
3307@item
3308Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3309an address?
3310@item
3311How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3312@item
3313Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3314@display
3315(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3316@end display
3317@item
3318Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3319@end itemize
3320
3321@cindex addresses, format of
3322@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3323In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3324@display
3325(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3326@end display
3327@noindent
a4fb0134 3328Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3329nature.
3330@ifset SOM
3331(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3332symbol-relative instead.)
3333@end ifset
3334
3335In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3336@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3337
3338Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3339@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3340addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3341@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3342@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3343data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3344their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3345part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3346address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3347
3348The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3349address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3350rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3351Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3352address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3353common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3354time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3355
3356By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3357the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3358sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3359customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3360the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3361data and bss sections.
3362
3363Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3364use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3365
3366@node Ld Sections
3367@section Linker Sections
3368@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3369
3370@table @strong
3371
c1253627 3372@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3373@cindex named sections
3374@cindex sections, named
3375@item named sections
3376@end ifset
3377@ifset aout-bout
3378@cindex text section
3379@cindex data section
3380@itemx text section
3381@itemx data section
3382@end ifset
a4fb0134 3383These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3384separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3385true of another.
3386@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3387When the program is running, however, it is
3388customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3389text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3390instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3391program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3392in the data section.
c1253627 3393@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3394
3395@cindex bss section
3396@item bss section
3397This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3398is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3399each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3400out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3401bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3402those explicit zeros from object files.
3403
3404@cindex absolute section
3405@item absolute section
3406Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3407This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3408not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3409addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3410
3411@cindex undefined section
3412@item undefined section
3413This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3414the preceding sections.
3415@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3416@end table
3417
3418@cindex relocation example
3419An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3420@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3421The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3422@end ifset
3423Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3424
3425@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3426@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3427@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3428@smallexample
3429 +-----+----+--+
3430partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3431 +-----+----+--+
3432
3433 text data bss
3434 seg. seg. seg.
3435
3436 +---+---+---+
3437partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3438 +---+---+---+
3439
3440 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3441linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3442 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3443
3444 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3445@end smallexample
3446@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3447@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3448@need 5000
3449@tex
c1253627 3450\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3451\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3452\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3453\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3454
3455\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3456\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3457\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3458
3459\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3460\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3461\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3462ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3463DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3464
3465\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3466\line{0\dots\hfil}
3467
3468@end tex
3469@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3470
3471@node As Sections
3472@section Assembler Internal Sections
3473
3474@cindex internal assembler sections
3475@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3476These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3477have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3478sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3479warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3480meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3481value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3482section-relative address.
3483
3484@table @b
3485@cindex assembler internal logic error
3486@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3487An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3488bug in the assembler.
3489
3490@cindex expr (internal section)
3491@item expr section
3492The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3493symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3494it in the expr section.
3495@c FIXME item debug
3496@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3497@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3498@c FIXME item register
3499@end table
3500
3501@node Sub-Sections
3502@section Sub-Sections
3503
3504@cindex numbered subsections
3505@cindex grouping data
3506@ifset aout-bout
3507Assembled bytes
c1253627 3508@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3509conventionally
3510@end ifset
3511fall into two sections: text and data.
3512@end ifset
3513You may have separate groups of
3514@ifset GENERIC
3515data in named sections
3516@end ifset
3517@ifclear GENERIC
3518@ifclear aout-bout
3519data in named sections
3520@end ifclear
3521@ifset aout-bout
3522text or data
3523@end ifset
3524@end ifclear
3525that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3526are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3527use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3528numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3529same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3530subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3531section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3532assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3533section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3534constants being output.
3535
3536Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3537goes in subsection number zero.
3538
3539@ifset GENERIC
3540Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3541(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3542of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3543@end ifset
3544@ifclear GENERIC
3545@ifset H8
7be1c489 3546On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3547boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3548The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3549@end ifset
3550@ifset I960
3551@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3552@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3553@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3554@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3555@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3556@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3557@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3558@end ifclear
3559
3560Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3561to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3562The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3563other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3564They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3565data subsections as a data section.
3566
3567To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3568into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3569@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3570@ifset COFF
252b5132 3571@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3572When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3573@end ifset
3574@ifclear GENERIC
3575You
3576@end ifclear
3577can also use an extra subsection
3578argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3579@var{expression}}.
3580@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3581@ifset ELF
3582@ifset GENERIC
3583When generating ELF output, you
3584@end ifset
3585@ifclear GENERIC
3586You
3587@end ifclear
3588can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3589to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3590@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3591@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3592(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3593is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3594begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3595@smallexample
3596.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3597.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3598.text 1
3599.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3600.data 0
3601.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3602.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3603.text 0
3604.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3605.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3606@end smallexample
3607
3608Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3609assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3610restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3611counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3612@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3613current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3614assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3615
3616@node bss
3617@section bss Section
3618
3619@cindex bss section
3620@cindex common variable storage
3621The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3622You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3623not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3624your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3625section are zeroed bytes.
3626
3627The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3628@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3629
3630The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3631another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3632
3633@ifset GENERIC
3634When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3635COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3636see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3637section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3638@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3639@end ifset
3640
3641@node Symbols
3642@chapter Symbols
3643
3644@cindex symbols
3645Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3646things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3647to debug.
3648
3649@quotation
3650@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3651@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3652the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3653@end quotation
3654
3655@menu
3656* Labels:: Labels
3657* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3658* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3659* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3660* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3661@end menu
3662
3663@node Labels
3664@section Labels
3665
3666@cindex labels
3667A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3668@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3669active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3670operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3671different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3672definitions.
3673
3674@ifset HPPA
3675On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3676colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3677a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3678provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3679@end ifset
3680
3681@node Setting Symbols
3682@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3683
3684@cindex assigning values to symbols
3685@cindex symbol values, assigning
3686A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3687by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3688(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3689directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3690equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3691@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3692
f8739b83
JZ
3693@ifset Blackfin
3694Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3695@end ifset
3696
252b5132
RH
3697@node Symbol Names
3698@section Symbol Names
3699
3700@cindex symbol names
3701@cindex names, symbol
3702@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3703Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3704machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3705noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3706string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3707particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3708@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3709@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3710@ifset H8
3711Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3712Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3713character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3714on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3715@end ifset
3716@end ifset
3717
3718Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3719than @code{Foo}.
3720
ed1fcdd1
NC
3721Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3722Local Labels. See below.
3723
7bfd842d
NC
3724Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3725multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3726@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3727currently supported.
3728
252b5132
RH
3729Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3730refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3731in a program.
3732
3733@subheading Local Symbol Names
3734
3735@cindex local symbol names
3736@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3737A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3738By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3739@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3740set of local label prefixes.
3741@ifset HPPA
3742On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3743@end ifset
3744
3745Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3746normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3747You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3748to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3749
3750@subheading Local Labels
3751
3752@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3753@cindex temporary symbol names
3754@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3755Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3756programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3757be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3758referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
9791c250
AM
3759the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer).
3760To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write
3761@samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer
3762to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b}
3763stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3764
3765There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3766too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3767the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3768defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3769definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3770noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3771implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3772
3773Here is an example:
3774
3775@smallexample
37761: branch 1f
37772: branch 1b
37781: branch 2f
37792: branch 1b
3780@end smallexample
3781
3782Which is the equivalent of:
3783
3784@smallexample
3785label_1: branch label_3
3786label_2: branch label_1
3787label_3: branch label_4
3788label_4: branch label_3
3789@end smallexample
3790
ba83aca1 3791Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3792transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3793The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3794are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3795these parts:
252b5132
RH
3796
3797@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3798@item @emph{local label prefix}
3799All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3800Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3801that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3802used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3803@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3804object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3805you may use them in debugging.
3806
2d5aaba0
NC
3807@item @var{number}
3808This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3809label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3810
2d5aaba0
NC
3811@item @kbd{C-B}
3812This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3813of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3814
3815@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3816This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3817@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3818number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3819the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3820@end table
3821
ba83aca1
BW
3822So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3823the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3824
3825@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3826@cindex dollar local symbols
3827
ed1fcdd1
NC
3828On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3829local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3830become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3831valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3832by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3833by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3834
3835Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3836except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3837@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3838
3839They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3840names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3841to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3842@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3843
3844@node Dot
3845@section The Special Dot Symbol
3846
3847@cindex dot (symbol)
3848@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3849@cindex current address
3850@cindex location counter
3851The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3852@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3853.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3854Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3855directive.
252b5132 3856@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3857Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3858@samp{.space 4}.
3859@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3860
3861@node Symbol Attributes
3862@section Symbol Attributes
3863
3864@cindex symbol attributes
3865@cindex attributes, symbol
3866Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3867``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3868attributes.
3869@ifset INTERNALS
3870The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3871@end ifset
3872
a4fb0134 3873If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3874all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3875symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3876would want.
3877
3878@menu
3879* Symbol Value:: Value
3880* Symbol Type:: Type
3881@ifset aout-bout
3882@ifset GENERIC
3883* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3884@end ifset
3885@ifclear GENERIC
3886@ifclear BOUT
3887* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3888@end ifclear
3889@ifset BOUT
3890* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3891@end ifset
3892@end ifclear
3893@end ifset
3894@ifset COFF
3895* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3896@end ifset
3897@ifset SOM
3898* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3899@end ifset
3900@end menu
3901
3902@node Symbol Value
3903@subsection Value
3904
3905@cindex value of a symbol
3906@cindex symbol value
3907The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3908location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3909number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3910Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3911as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3912symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3913called absolute.
3914
3915The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
39160 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3917@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3918same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3919name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3920common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3921bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3922allocated storage.
3923
3924@node Symbol Type
3925@subsection Type
3926
3927@cindex type of a symbol
3928@cindex symbol type
3929The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3930information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3931(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3932format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3933
3934@ifset aout-bout
3935@ifclear GENERIC
3936@ifset BOUT
3937@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3938@c better if it were available outside examples.
3939@need 1000
3940@node a.out Symbols
3941@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3942
3943@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3944@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3945These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3946one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3947@code{b.out}.
3948
3949@end ifset
3950@ifclear BOUT
3951@node a.out Symbols
3952@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3953
3954@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3955@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3956
3957@end ifclear
3958@end ifclear
3959@ifset GENERIC
3960@node a.out Symbols
3961@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3962
3963@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3964@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3965
3966@end ifset
3967@menu
3968* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3969* Symbol Other:: Other
3970@end menu
3971
3972@node Symbol Desc
3973@subsubsection Descriptor
3974
3975@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3976This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3977descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3978(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3979@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3980
3981@node Symbol Other
3982@subsubsection Other
3983
3984@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3985This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3986@end ifset
3987
3988@ifset COFF
3989@node COFF Symbols
3990@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3991
3992@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3993@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3994
3995The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3996like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3997@code{.endef} directives.
3998
3999@subsubsection Primary Attributes
4000
4001@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
4002The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
4003respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
4004
4005@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
4006
4007@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 4008The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
4009@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
4010table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
4011@end ifset
4012
4013@ifset SOM
4014@node SOM Symbols
4015@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
4016
4017@cindex SOM symbol attributes
4018@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
4019
4020The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
4021the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
4022
01642c12 4023The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
4024Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
4025@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
4026@end ifset
4027
4028@node Expressions
4029@chapter Expressions
4030
4031@cindex expressions
4032@cindex addresses
4033@cindex numeric values
4034An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
4035Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
4036
4037The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
4038a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 4039enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
4040section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
4041the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 4042@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
4043
4044@menu
4045* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
4046* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
4047@end menu
4048
4049@node Empty Exprs
4050@section Empty Expressions
4051
4052@cindex empty expressions
4053@cindex expressions, empty
4054An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
4055Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 4056expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
4057is compatible with other assemblers.
4058
4059@node Integer Exprs
4060@section Integer Expressions
4061
4062@cindex integer expressions
4063@cindex expressions, integer
4064An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4065by @emph{operators}.
4066
4067@menu
4068* Arguments:: Arguments
4069* Operators:: Operators
4070* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4071* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4072@end menu
4073
4074@node Arguments
4075@subsection Arguments
4076
4077@cindex expression arguments
4078@cindex arguments in expressions
4079@cindex operands in expressions
4080@cindex arithmetic operands
4081@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4082contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4083this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4084the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4085expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4086instruction operands.
4087
4088Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4089@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4090or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4091integer.
4092
4093Numbers are usually integers.
4094
4095A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4096that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4097these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4098instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4099assemblers.
4100
4101@cindex subexpressions
4102Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4103expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4104operator followed by an argument.
4105
4106@node Operators
4107@subsection Operators
4108
4109@cindex operators, in expressions
4110@cindex arithmetic functions
4111@cindex functions, in expressions
4112@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4113operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4114between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4115whitespace.
4116
4117@node Prefix Ops
4118@subsection Prefix Operator
4119
4120@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4121@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4122one argument, which must be absolute.
4123
4124@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4125@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4126@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4127@tex
4128\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4129@end tex
4130
4131@table @code
4132@item -
4133@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4134@item ~
4135@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4136@end table
4137
4138@tex
4139\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4140@end tex
4141
4142@node Infix Ops
4143@subsection Infix Operators
4144
4145@cindex infix operators
4146@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4147@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4148have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4149to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4150absolute, and the result is absolute.
4151
4152@enumerate
4153@cindex operator precedence
4154@cindex precedence of operators
4155
4156@item
4157Highest Precedence
4158
4159@table @code
4160@item *
4161@dfn{Multiplication}.
4162
4163@item /
4164@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4165
4166@item %
4167@dfn{Remainder}.
4168
d1eac9d9 4169@item <<
252b5132
RH
4170@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4171
d1eac9d9 4172@item >>
252b5132
RH
4173@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4174@end table
4175
4176@item
4177Intermediate precedence
4178
4179@table @code
4180@item |
4181
4182@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4183
4184@item &
4185@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4186
4187@item ^
4188@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4189
4190@item !
4191@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4192@end table
4193
4194@item
b131d4dc 4195Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4196
4197@table @code
4198@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4199@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4200@cindex arguments for addition
4201@item +
4202@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4203the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4204sections.
4205
4206@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4207@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4208@cindex arguments for subtraction
4209@item -
4210@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4211result has the section of the left argument.
4212If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4213You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4214@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4215
4216@cindex comparison expressions
4217@cindex expressions, comparison
4218@item ==
4219@dfn{Is Equal To}
4220@item <>
723a8472 4221@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4222@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4223@item <
4224@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4225@item >
b131d4dc 4226@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4227@item >=
b131d4dc 4228@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4229@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4230@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4231
4232The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4233value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4234perform signed comparisons.
4235@end table
4236
4237@item Lowest Precedence
4238
4239@table @code
4240@item &&
4241@dfn{Logical And}.
4242
4243@item ||
4244@dfn{Logical Or}.
4245
4246These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4247expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4248value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4249or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4250
252b5132
RH
4251@end table
4252@end enumerate
4253
4254In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4255address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4256
4257@node Pseudo Ops
4258@chapter Assembler Directives
4259
4260@cindex directives, machine independent
4261@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4262@cindex machine independent directives
4263All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4264The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4265in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4266
4267This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4268target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4269@ifset GENERIC
4270Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4271@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4272@end ifset
4273@ifclear GENERIC
4274@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4275@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4276@end ifset
4277@end ifclear
4278
4279@menu
4280* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4281@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4282* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4283@end ifset
f0dc282c 4284
252b5132 4285* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4286* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4287* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4288* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4289* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
d3b47e2b 4290* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4291* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4292* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4293* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4294* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4295@ifset COFF
4296* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4297@end ifset
4298@ifset aout-bout
4299* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4300@end ifset
4301@ifset COFF
4302* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4303@end ifset
f0dc282c 4304
252b5132
RH
4305* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4306* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4307* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4308* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4309* End:: @code{.end}
4310@ifset COFF
4311* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4312@end ifset
f0dc282c 4313
252b5132
RH
4314* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4315* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4316* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4317* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4318* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4319* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4320* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4321* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4322* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4323* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4324* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4325* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4326* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4327* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4328* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4329@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4330* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4331* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4332@end ifset
f0dc282c 4333
252b5132
RH
4334* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4335* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4336* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4337* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4338* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4339* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4340@ifset ELF
4341* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4342@end ifset
f0dc282c 4343
252b5132
RH
4344* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4345* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4346* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4347* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4348@ifclear no-line-dir
4349* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4350@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4351
252b5132
RH
4352* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4353* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4354* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4355* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4356* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4357@ifset ELF
4358* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4359@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4360
252b5132
RH
4361* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4362@ignore
4363* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4364@end ignore
f0dc282c 4365
252b5132
RH
4366* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4367* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4368* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4369* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4370* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4371* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4372* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4373* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4374@ifset ELF
4375* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4376* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4377@end ifset
f0dc282c 4378
252b5132 4379* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4380@ifset ELF
4381* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4382@end ifset
f0dc282c 4383
252b5132
RH
4384* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4385* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4386@ifset ELF
4387* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4388@end ifset
f0dc282c 4389
252b5132 4390* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4391* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4392* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4393* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4394@ifset COFF
4395* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4396@end ifset
4397@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4398* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4399@end ifset
f0dc282c 4400
252b5132
RH
4401* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4402* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4403* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4404@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4405* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4406@end ifset
884f0d36 4407@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4408* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4409@end ifclear
4410
252b5132 4411* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4412@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4413* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4414@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4415@ifset have-stabs
4416* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4417@end ifset
f0dc282c 4418
38a57ae7 4419* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4420* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4421@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4422* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4423* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4424@end ifset
f0dc282c 4425
252b5132
RH
4426@ifset COFF
4427* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4428@end ifset
f0dc282c 4429
252b5132
RH
4430* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4431* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4432@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4433* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4434@end ifset
4435
c91d2e08 4436* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4437@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4438* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4439@end ifset
f0dc282c 4440
2e13b764 4441@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4442* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4443* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4444* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4445@end ifset
f0dc282c 4446
d190d046 4447* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4448* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4449* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4450* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4451@ifclear no-space-dir
4452* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4453@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4454* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4455@end menu
4456
4457@node Abort
4458@section @code{.abort}
4459
4460@cindex @code{abort} directive
4461@cindex stopping the assembly
4462This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4463compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4464assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4465of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4466quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4467
4468@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4469@node ABORT (COFF)
4470@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4471
4472@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4473When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4474synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4475
4476@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4477When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4478but ignores it.
4479@end ifset
4480@end ifset
4481
4482@node Align
4483@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4484
4485@cindex padding the location counter
4486@cindex @code{align} directive
4487Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4488boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4489required, as described below.
4490
4491The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4492padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4493padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4494marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4495with no-op instructions.
4496
4497The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4498it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4499directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4500specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4501fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4502required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4503with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4504
4505The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
73589c9d 4506For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4507s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4508alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4509the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4510is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4511first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4512
9e9a9798 4513For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4514strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4515number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4516advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4517counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4518multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4519
4520This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4521native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4522GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4523described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4524architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4525
ccf8a69b
BW
4526@node Altmacro
4527@section @code{.altmacro}
4528Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4529
4530@ftable @code
4531@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4532One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4533generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4534replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4535replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4536separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4537define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4538
4539@item String delimiters
4540You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4541@code{"@var{string}"}:
4542
4543@table @code
4544@item '@var{string}'
4545You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4546
4547@item <@var{string}>
4548You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4549@end table
4550
4551@item single-character string escape
4552To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4553character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4554character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4555write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4556
4557@item Expression results as strings
4558You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4559and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4560@end ftable
4561
252b5132
RH
4562@node Ascii
4563@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4564
4565@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4566@cindex string literals
4567@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4568separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4569trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4570
4571@node Asciz
4572@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4573
4574@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4575@cindex zero-terminated strings
4576@cindex null-terminated strings
4577@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4578a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4579
4580@node Balign
4581@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4582
4583@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4584@cindex @code{balign} directive
4585Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4586storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4587alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4588the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4589is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4590
4591The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4592padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4593padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4594marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4595with no-op instructions.
4596
4597The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4598it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4599directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4600specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4601fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4602required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4603with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4604
4605@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4606@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4607The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4608@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4609pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4610fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
46114,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4612filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4613the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4614undefined.
4615
fa94de6b 4616@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4617@section Bundle directives
4618@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4619@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4620@cindex bundle
4621@cindex instruction bundle
4622@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4623@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4624bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4625into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4626disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4627gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4628@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4629
4630For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4631certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4632instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4633@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4634chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4635effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4636instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4637that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4638end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4639starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4640instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4641
d3b47e2b 4642@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4643@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4644@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4645The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4646allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4647are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4648aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4649@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4650directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4651
4652@cindex bundle-locked
4653For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4654appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4655instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4656and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4657instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4658sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4659@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4660entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4661boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4662first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4663aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4664bundle size.
4665
d416e51d
RM
4666For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4667inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4668nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4669@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4670matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4671same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4672
252b5132
RH
4673@node Byte
4674@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4675
4676@cindex @code{byte} directive
4677@cindex integers, one byte
4678@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4679Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4680
54cfded0 4681@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4682@section CFI directives
4683@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4684@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4685@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4686should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4687If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4688if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4689To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4690directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4691
2f0c68f2
CM
4692On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4693by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4694
bd5608dc
NC
4695Some targets may support an additional name, such as @code{.c6xabi.exidx}
4696which is used by the @value{TIC6X} target.
4697
4698The @code{.cfi_sections} directive can be repeated, with the same or different
4699arguments, provided that CFI generation has not yet started. Once CFI
4700generation has started however the section list is fixed and any attempts to
4701redefine it will result in an error.
4702
d3b47e2b 4703@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4704@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4705@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4706should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4707data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4708@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4709
01642c12 4710Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4711it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4712
d3b47e2b 4713@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4714@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4715@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4716unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4717@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4718
d3b47e2b 4719@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4720@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4721@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4722@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4723should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4724argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4725a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4726the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4727can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4728The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4729no personality routine.
4730
2f0c68f2
CM
4731@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4732@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4733@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4734defined in a compact unwinding format.
4735Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4736with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4737
4738@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4739@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4740@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4741used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4742@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4743in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4744Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4745with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4746
d3b47e2b 4747@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4748@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4749@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4750should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4751argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4752or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4753meaning that no LSDA is present.
4754
4755@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4756@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4757switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4758Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4759Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4760with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4761
4762The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4763so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4764referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4765in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4766by a section directive.
4767
4768The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4769The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4770@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4771
d3b47e2b 4772@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4773@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4774address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4775
d3b47e2b 4776@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4777@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4778now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4779remains the same.
4780
d3b47e2b 4781@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4782@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4783remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4784absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4785CFA address.
4786
d3b47e2b 4787@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4788Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4789value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4790
d3b47e2b 4791@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4792Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4793CFA.
54cfded0 4794
d3b47e2b 4795@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4796Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4797the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4798using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4799This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4800code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4801
d3b47e2b 4802@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4803Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4804
d3b47e2b 4805@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4806@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4807same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4808instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4809
d3b47e2b 4810@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4811From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4812
d3b47e2b 4813@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4814Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4815i.e. no restoration needed.
4816
d3b47e2b 4817@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state},
01642c12
RM
4818First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4819then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4820everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4821the previous saved state.
4822
d3b47e2b 4823@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4824Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4825directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4826
d3b47e2b 4827@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
4828Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4829
d3b47e2b 4830@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4831SPARC register window has been saved.
4832
d3b47e2b 4833@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
4834Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4835might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4836opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4837
d3b47e2b 4838@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
4839The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4840will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4841description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4842
4843The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4844limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4845mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4846by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4847or another register.
4848
ccf8a69b
BW
4849@node Comm
4850@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4851
ccf8a69b
BW
4852@cindex @code{comm} directive
4853@cindex symbol, common
4854@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4855common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4856of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4857definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4858allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4859absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4860the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4861using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4862
c1711530
DK
4863@ifset COFF-ELF
4864When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4865an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4866specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4867that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4868as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4869boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4870power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4871common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4872alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4873largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4874maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4875is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4876@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4877multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4878It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4879(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4880@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4881
ccf8a69b
BW
4882@ifset HPPA
4883The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4884@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4885@end ifset
07a53e5c 4886
252b5132
RH
4887@node Data
4888@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4889
4890@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4891@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4892end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4893absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4894to zero.
4895
4896@ifset COFF
4897@node Def
4898@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4899
4900@cindex @code{def} directive
4901@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4902@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4903Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4904definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4905@ifset BOUT
4906
a4fb0134 4907This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4908format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4909but ignored.
4910@end ifset
4911@end ifset
4912
4913@ifset aout-bout
4914@node Desc
4915@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4916
4917@cindex @code{desc} directive
4918@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4919@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4920This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4921to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4922
4923@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4924The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4925configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4926object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4927it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4928@end ifset
4929@end ifset
4930
4931@ifset COFF
4932@node Dim
4933@section @code{.dim}
4934
4935@cindex @code{dim} directive
4936@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4937@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4938This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4939information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4940@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4941@ifset BOUT
4942
4943@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4944@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4945ignores it.
4946@end ifset
4947@end ifset
4948
4949@node Double
4950@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4951
4952@cindex @code{double} directive
4953@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4954@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4955assembles floating point numbers.
4956@ifset GENERIC
4957The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4958@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4959@end ifset
4960@ifclear GENERIC
4961@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4962On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4963in @sc{ieee} format.
4964@end ifset
4965@end ifclear
4966
4967@node Eject
4968@section @code{.eject}
4969
4970@cindex @code{eject} directive
4971@cindex new page, in listings
4972@cindex page, in listings
4973@cindex listing control: new page
4974Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4975
4976@node Else
4977@section @code{.else}
4978
4979@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4980@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4981assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4982of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4983was false.
4984
3fd9f047
TW
4985@node Elseif
4986@section @code{.elseif}
4987
4988@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4989@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4990assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4991@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4992
252b5132
RH
4993@node End
4994@section @code{.end}
4995
4996@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4997@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4998process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4999
5000@ifset COFF
5001@node Endef
5002@section @code{.endef}
5003
5004@cindex @code{endef} directive
5005This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
5006@code{.def}.
5007@ifset BOUT
5008
5009@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 5010@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
5011directive but ignores it.
5012@end ifset
5013@end ifset
5014
5015@node Endfunc
5016@section @code{.endfunc}
5017@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
5018@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
5019
5020@node Endif
5021@section @code{.endif}
5022
5023@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 5024@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
5025it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
5026conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
5027
5028@node Equ
5029@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5030
5031@cindex @code{equ} directive
5032@cindex assigning values to symbols
5033@cindex symbols, assigning values to
5034This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 5035It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
5036
5037@ifset HPPA
01642c12 5038The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
5039@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
5040@end ifset
5041
3c9b82ba 5042@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
5043The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
5044@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 5045On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 5046but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 5047Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
5048@end ifset
5049
252b5132
RH
5050@node Equiv
5051@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5052@cindex @code{equiv} directive
5053The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
5054the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
5055symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
5056undefined.
252b5132 5057
01642c12 5058Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5059@smallexample
5060.ifdef SYM
5061.err
5062.endif
5063.equ SYM,VAL
5064@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5065plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5066
5067@node Eqv
5068@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5069@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5070The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5071evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5072the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5073value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5074
5075@node Err
5076@section @code{.err}
5077@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5078If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5079message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5080object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5081
d190d046
HPN
5082@node Error
5083@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5084@cindex error directive
5085
5086Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5087string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5088message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5089@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5090
5091@smallexample
5092 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5093@end smallexample
5094
252b5132
RH
5095@node Exitm
5096@section @code{.exitm}
5097Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5098
5099@node Extern
5100@section @code{.extern}
5101
5102@cindex @code{extern} directive
5103@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5104with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5105all undefined symbols as external.
5106
5107@node Fail
5108@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5109
5110@cindex @code{fail} directive
5111Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5112or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5113than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5114include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5115complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5116
252b5132 5117@node File
14082c76 5118@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5119@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5120
5121@ifclear no-file-dir
5122There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5123that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5124@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5125
5126@subheading Default Version
5127
252b5132
RH
5128@cindex logical file name
5129@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5130This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5131are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5132
5133@smallexample
5134.file @var{string}
5135@end smallexample
5136
5137@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5138recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5139to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5140statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5141old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5142
5143@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5144@end ifclear
5145
14082c76
BW
5146When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5147to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5148
5149@smallexample
5150.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5151@end smallexample
5152
5153The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5154index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5155literal.
5156
5157The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5158table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5159information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5160entries will have.
5161
252b5132
RH
5162@node Fill
5163@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5164
5165@cindex @code{fill} directive
5166@cindex writing patterns in memory
5167@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5168@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5169This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5170may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5171more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5172other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5173is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5174zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5175byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5176Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5177@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5178compatible with other people's assemblers.
5179
5180@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5181If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5182assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5183@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5184
5185@node Float
5186@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5187
5188@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5189@cindex @code{float} directive
5190This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5191has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5192@ifset GENERIC
5193The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5194@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5195@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5196@end ifset
5197@ifclear GENERIC
5198@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5199On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5200in @sc{ieee} format.
5201@end ifset
5202@end ifclear
5203
5204@node Func
5205@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5206@cindex @code{func} directive
5207@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5208is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5209Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5210@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5211prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5212@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5213All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5214The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5215
5216@node Global
5217@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5218
5219@cindex @code{global} directive
5220@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5221@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5222@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5223other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5224@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5225from another file linked into the same program.
5226
5227Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5228compatibility with other assemblers.
5229
5230@ifset HPPA
5231On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5232partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5233@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5234@end ifset
5235
c91d2e08 5236@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5237@node Gnu_attribute
5238@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5239Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5240
c91d2e08
NC
5241@node Hidden
5242@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5243
c1253627
NC
5244@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5245@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5246This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5247@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5248@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5249
5250This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5251their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5252@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5253Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5254@end ifset
5255
252b5132
RH
5256@node hword
5257@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5258
5259@cindex @code{hword} directive
5260@cindex integers, 16-bit
5261@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5262@cindex sixteen bit integers
5263This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5264a 16 bit number for each.
5265
5266@ifset GENERIC
5267This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5268architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5269@end ifset
5270@ifclear GENERIC
5271@ifset W32
5272This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5273@end ifset
5274@ifset W16
5275This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5276@end ifset
5277@end ifclear
5278
5279@node Ident
5280@section @code{.ident}
5281
5282@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5283
5284This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5285behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5286a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5287source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5288for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5289@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5290emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5291
5292@node If
5293@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5294
5295@cindex conditional assembly
5296@cindex @code{if} directive
5297@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5298considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5299(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5300the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5301(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5302alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5303If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5304nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5305
5306The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5307@table @code
5308@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5309@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5310Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5311has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5312is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5313
26aca5f6
JB
5314@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5315@item .ifb @var{text}
5316Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5317
252b5132
RH
5318@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5319@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5320Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5321strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5322the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5323end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5324string comparison is case sensitive.
5325
5326@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5327@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5328Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5329
5330@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5331@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5332Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5333
5334@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5335@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5336Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5337equal to zero.
5338
5339@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5340@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5341Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5342
5343@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5344@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5345Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5346to zero.
5347
5348@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5349@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5350Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5351
26aca5f6
JB
5352@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5353@item .ifnb @var{text}
5354Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5355following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5356
252b5132
RH
5357@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5358@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5359Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5360following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5361
5362@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5363@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5364@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5365@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5366Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5367has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5368which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5369
5370@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5371@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5372Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5373(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5374
5375@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5376@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5377Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5378following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5379@end table
5380
7e005732
NC
5381@node Incbin
5382@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5383
5384@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5385@cindex binary files, including
5386The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5387location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5388option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5389around @var{file}.
5390
5391The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5392@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5393read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5394responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5395after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5396
252b5132
RH
5397@node Include
5398@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5399
5400@cindex @code{include} directive
5401@cindex supporting files, including
5402@cindex files, including
5403This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5404points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5405if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5406included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5407can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5408(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5409around @var{file}.
5410
5411@node Int
5412@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5413
5414@cindex @code{int} directive
5415@cindex integers, 32-bit
5416Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5417For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5418expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5419of target the assembly is for.
5420
5421@ifclear GENERIC
5422@ifset H8
7be1c489 5423On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5424integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
542532-bit integers.
5426@end ifset
5427@end ifclear
5428
c91d2e08
NC
5429@ifset ELF
5430@node Internal
5431@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5432
c1253627
NC
5433@cindex @code{internal} directive
5434@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5435This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5436@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5437@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5438
5439This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5440their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5441@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5442(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5443processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5444@end ifset
5445
252b5132
RH
5446@node Irp
5447@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5448
5449@cindex @code{irp} directive
5450Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5451The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5452terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5453set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5454@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5455@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5456sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5457
5458For example, assembling
5459
5460@example
5461 .irp param,1,2,3
5462 move d\param,sp@@-
5463 .endr
5464@end example
5465
5466is equivalent to assembling
5467
5468@example
5469 move d1,sp@@-
5470 move d2,sp@@-
5471 move d3,sp@@-
5472@end example
5473
96e9638b 5474For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5475
252b5132
RH
5476@node Irpc
5477@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5478
5479@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5480Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5481The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5482terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5483@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5484assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5485assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5486@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5487
5488For example, assembling
5489
5490@example
5491 .irpc param,123
5492 move d\param,sp@@-
5493 .endr
5494@end example
5495
5496is equivalent to assembling
5497
5498@example
5499 move d1,sp@@-
5500 move d2,sp@@-
5501 move d3,sp@@-
5502@end example
5503
5e75c3ab
JB
5504For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5505at @xref{Macro}.
5506
252b5132
RH
5507@node Lcomm
5508@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5509
5510@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5511@cindex local common symbols
5512@cindex symbols, local common
5513Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5514denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5515those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5516section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5517is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5518not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5519
5520@ifset GENERIC
5521Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5522argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5523@end ifset
5524
5525@ifset HPPA
5526The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5527@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5528@end ifset
5529
5530@node Lflags
5531@section @code{.lflags}
5532
5533@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5534@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5535assemblers, but ignores it.
5536
5537@ifclear no-line-dir
5538@node Line
5539@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5540
5541@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5542@cindex logical line number
5543@ifset aout-bout
5544Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5545expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5546statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5547reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5548@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5549for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5550@end ifset
5551
252b5132 5552Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5553@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5554when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5555were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5556@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5557
5558Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5559used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5560debugging.
5561@end ifclear
5562
5563@node Linkonce
5564@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5565@cindex COMDAT
5566@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5567@cindex common sections
5568Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5569This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5570but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5571The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5572Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5573unique.
5574
5575This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5576writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5577Executable format used on Windows NT.
5578
5579The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5580following strings. For example:
5581@smallexample
5582.linkonce same_size
5583@end smallexample
5584Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5585
5586@table @code
5587@item discard
5588Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5589
5590@item one_only
5591Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5592
5593@item same_size
5594Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5595
5596@item same_contents
5597Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5598@end table
5599
ccf8a69b
BW
5600@node List
5601@section @code{.list}
5602
5603@cindex @code{list} directive
5604@cindex listing control, turning on
5605Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5606not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5607internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5608counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5609generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5610
5611By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5612@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5613the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5614
252b5132
RH
5615@node Ln
5616@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5617
5618@cindex @code{ln} directive
5619@ifclear no-line-dir
5620@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5621@end ifclear
5622@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5623Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5624must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5625line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5626statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5627line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5628@ifset BOUT
5629
a4fb0134 5630This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5631configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5632output format.
5633@end ifset
5634@end ifset
5635
ccf8a69b
BW
5636@node Loc
5637@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5638@cindex @code{loc} directive
5639When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5640the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5641number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5642instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5643arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5644the row is added.
252b5132 5645
ccf8a69b
BW
5646The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5647
5648@table @code
5649@item basic_block
5650This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5651@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5652
5653@item prologue_end
5654This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5655@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5656
5657@item epilogue_begin
5658This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5659@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5660
5661@item is_stmt @var{value}
5662This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5663@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5664either 0 or 1.
5665
5666@item isa @var{value}
5667This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5668state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5669
92846e72
CC
5670@item discriminator @var{value}
5671This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5672state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5673
ccf8a69b
BW
5674@end table
5675
5676@node Loc_mark_labels
5677@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5678@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5679When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5680the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5681to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5682register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5683The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5684this function respectively.
252b5132 5685
4d4175af
BW
5686@ifset ELF
5687@node Local
5688@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5689
5690@cindex @code{local} directive
5691This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5692the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5693will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5694they will be created.
5695
5696For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5697accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5698the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5699(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5700@end ifset
5701
252b5132
RH
5702@node Long
5703@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5704
5705@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5706@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5707
5708@ignore
5709@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5710@c what it really ought to do
5711@node Lsym
5712@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5713
5714@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5715@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5716@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5717the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5718rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5719the same as the expression value:
5720@smallexample
5721@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5722@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5723@var{value} = @var{expression}
5724@end smallexample
5725@noindent
5726The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5727@end ignore
5728
5729@node Macro
5730@section @code{.macro}
5731
5732@cindex macros
5733The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5734generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5735@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5736
5737@example
5738 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5739 .long \from
5740 .if \to-\from
5741 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5742 .endif
5743 .endm
5744@end example
5745
5746@noindent
5747With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5748
5749@example
5750 .long 0
5751 .long 1
5752 .long 2
5753 .long 3
5754 .long 4
5755 .long 5
5756@end example
5757
5758@ftable @code
5759@item .macro @var{macname}
5760@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5761@cindex @code{macro} directive
5762Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5763definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5764separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5765indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5766@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5767(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5768macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5769cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5770subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5771definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5772
5773@table @code
5774@item .macro comm
5775Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5776arguments.
5777
6258339f 5778@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5779@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5780Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5781which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5782@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5783
5784@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5785Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5786arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5787After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5788@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5789@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5790,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5791@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5792
6eaeac8a
JB
5793@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5794Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5795arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5796not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5797will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5798
252b5132
RH
5799When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5800position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5801@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5802
6258339f
NC
5803@end table
5804
5e75c3ab
JB
5805Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5806as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5807occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5808characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5809(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5810architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5811character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5812replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5813construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5814identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5815this macro definition:
5816
5817@example
5818 .macro label l
5819\l:
5820 .endm
5821@end example
5822
5823might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5824called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5825assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5826identifier.
5827
5828Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5829which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5830for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5831length specifier like this:
5832
5833@example
5834 .macro opcode base length
5835 \base.\length
5836 .endm
5837@end example
5838
5839and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5840instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5841interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5842
5843There are several possible ways around this problem:
5844
5845@table @code
5846@item Insert white space
5847If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5848solution. eg:
5849
5850@example
5851 .macro label l
5852\l :
5853 .endm
5854@end example
5855
5856@item Use @samp{\()}
5857The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5858the following text. eg:
5859
5860@example
5861 .macro opcode base length
5862 \base\().\length
5863 .endm
5864@end example
5865
5866@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5867In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5868used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5869
5870@example
5871 .altmacro
5872 .macro label l
5873l&:
5874 .endm
5875@end example
6258339f 5876@end table
5e75c3ab 5877
96e9638b 5878Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5879also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5880and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5881
252b5132
RH
5882@item .endm
5883@cindex @code{endm} directive
5884Mark the end of a macro definition.
5885
5886@item .exitm
5887@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5888Exit early from the current macro definition.
5889
5890@cindex number of macros executed
5891@cindex macros, count executed
5892@item \@@
a4fb0134 5893@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5894executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5895output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5896
252b5132
RH
5897@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5898@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5899macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5900@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5901@end ftable
252b5132 5902
ccf8a69b
BW
5903@node MRI
5904@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5905
ccf8a69b
BW
5906@cindex @code{mri} directive
5907@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5908If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5909@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5910affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5911of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5912
caa32fe5
NC
5913@node Noaltmacro
5914@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5915Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5916
252b5132
RH
5917@node Nolist
5918@section @code{.nolist}
5919
5920@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5921@cindex listing control, turning off
5922Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5923not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5924internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5925counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5926generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5927
5928@node Octa
5929@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5930
5931@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5932@cindex @code{octa} directive
5933@cindex integer, 16-byte
5934@cindex sixteen byte integer
5935This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5936bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5937
5938The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5939hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5940
9aec2026
NC
5941@node Offset
5942@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
5943
5944@cindex @code{offset} directive
5945Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
5946be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
5947symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 5948directive.
9aec2026 5949
252b5132
RH
5950@node Org
5951@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5952
5953@cindex @code{org} directive
5954@cindex location counter, advancing
5955@cindex advancing location counter
5956@cindex current address, advancing
5957Advance the location counter of the current section to
5958@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5959expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5960you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5961wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5962with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5963@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5964is the same as the current subsection.
5965
5966@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5967unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5968backwards.
5969
5970@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5971@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5972@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5973Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5974may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5975a chance to share your improved assembler.
5976
5977Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5978to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5979people's assemblers.
5980
5981When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5982intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5983absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5984@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5985
5986@node P2align
5987@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5988
5989@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5990@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5991Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5992storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5993number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5994advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5995counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5996multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5997
5998The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5999padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
6000padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
6001marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
6002with no-op instructions.
6003
6004The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
6005it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
6006directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
6007specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
6008fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
6009required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
6010with no-op instructions when appropriate.
6011
6012@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
6013@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
6014The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
6015@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
6016pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
6017fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
60182,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
6019filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
6020the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
6021undefined.
6022
ccf8a69b
BW
6023@ifset ELF
6024@node PopSection
6025@section @code{.popsection}
6026
6027@cindex @code{popsection} directive
6028@cindex Section Stack
6029This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6030@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6031@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
6032(@pxref{Previous}).
6033
6034This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
6035section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 6036stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
6037@end ifset
6038
c91d2e08
NC
6039@ifset ELF
6040@node Previous
6041@section @code{.previous}
6042
c1253627 6043@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6044@cindex Section Stack
6045This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6046@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6047@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
6048(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
6049
6050This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 6051referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 6052@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
6053subsections). For example:
6054
6055@smallexample
6056.section A
6057 .subsection 1
6058 .word 0x1234
6059 .subsection 2
6060 .word 0x5678
6061.previous
6062 .word 0x9abc
6063@end smallexample
6064
6065Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6066section A. Whilst:
6067
6068@smallexample
6069.section A
6070.subsection 1
6071 # Now in section A subsection 1
6072 .word 0x1234
6073.section B
6074.subsection 0
6075 # Now in section B subsection 0
6076 .word 0x5678
6077.subsection 1
6078 # Now in section B subsection 1
6079 .word 0x9abc
6080.previous
6081 # Now in section B subsection 0
6082 .word 0xdef0
6083@end smallexample
6084
6085Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6086section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6087
6088In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6089the top section on the section stack.
6090@end ifset
6091
252b5132
RH
6092@node Print
6093@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6094
6095@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6096@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6097assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6098
c91d2e08
NC
6099@ifset ELF
6100@node Protected
6101@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6102
c1253627
NC
6103@cindex @code{protected} directive
6104@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6105This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6106@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6107
6108This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6109their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6110@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6111components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6112component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6113this.
c91d2e08
NC
6114@end ifset
6115
252b5132
RH
6116@node Psize
6117@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6118
6119@cindex @code{psize} directive
6120@cindex listing control: paper size
6121@cindex paper size, for listings
6122Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6123number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6124
6125If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6126of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6127default width is 200 columns.
6128
a4fb0134 6129@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6130lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6131@code{.eject}).
6132
6133If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6134those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6135
6136@node Purgem
6137@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6138
6139@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6140Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6141expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6142
c91d2e08
NC
6143@ifset ELF
6144@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6145@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6146
c1253627 6147@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6148@cindex Section Stack
6149This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6150@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6151@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6152(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6153
e9863d7f
DJ
6154This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6155top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6156subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6157@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6158as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6159@end ifset
6160
252b5132
RH
6161@node Quad
6162@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6163
6164@cindex @code{quad} directive
6165@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6166each bignum, it emits
6167@ifclear bignum-16
6168an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6169warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6170@cindex eight-byte integer
6171@cindex integer, 8-byte
6172
6173The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6174hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6175@end ifclear
6176@ifset bignum-16
6177a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6178warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6179@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6180@cindex integer, 16-byte
6181@end ifset
6182
05e9452c
AM
6183@node Reloc
6184@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6185
6186@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6187Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6188@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6189the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6190symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6191@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6192absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6193targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6194relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6195section.
6196
252b5132
RH
6197@node Rept
6198@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6199
6200@cindex @code{rept} directive
6201Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6202@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6203
6204For example, assembling
6205
6206@example
6207 .rept 3
6208 .long 0
6209 .endr
6210@end example
6211
6212is equivalent to assembling
6213
6214@example
6215 .long 0
6216 .long 0
6217 .long 0
6218@end example
6219
6220@node Sbttl
6221@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6222
6223@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6224@cindex subtitles for listings
6225@cindex listing control: subtitle
6226Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6227title line) when generating assembly listings.
6228
6229This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6230it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6231
6232@ifset COFF
6233@node Scl
6234@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6235
6236@cindex @code{scl} directive
6237@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6238@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6239Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6240used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6241whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6242symbolic debugging information.
6243@ifset BOUT
6244
6245The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 6246configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6247accepts this directive but ignores it.
6248@end ifset
6249@end ifset
6250
c1253627 6251@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6252@node Section
c1253627 6253@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6254
252b5132
RH
6255@cindex named section
6256Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6257named @var{name}.
6258
6259This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6260named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6261with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6262
c1253627
NC
6263@ifset COFF
6264@ifset ELF
6265@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6266@subheading COFF Version
6267@end ifset
6268
6269@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6270For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6271ways:
c91d2e08 6272
252b5132
RH
6273@smallexample
6274.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6275.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6276@end smallexample
6277
6278If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6279section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
eda683bb 6280
252b5132
RH
6281@table @code
6282@item b
6283bss section (uninitialized data)
6284@item n
6285section is not loaded
6286@item w
6287writable section
6288@item d
6289data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6290@item e
6291exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6292@item r
6293read-only section
6294@item x
6295executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6296@item s
6297shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6298@item a
6299ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6300@item y
6301section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6302@item 0-9
6303single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6304@end table
6305
6306If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6307the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6308loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6309from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6310will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6311
6312If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6313taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6314@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6315
6316@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6317@ifset COFF
6318@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6319@subheading ELF Version
6320@end ifset
6321
c91d2e08
NC
6322@cindex Section Stack
6323This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6324@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6325(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6326@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6327
c1253627 6328@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6329For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6330
252b5132 6331@smallexample
7047dd1e 6332.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6333@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6334
451133ce
NP
6335@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6336@kindex --sectname-subst
6337@cindex section name substitution
6338If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6339argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6340at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6341
6342@smallexample
6343.macro exception_code
6344.section %S.exception
6345[exception code here]
6346.previous
6347.endm
6348
6349.text
6350[code]
6351exception_code
6352[...]
6353
6354.section .init
6355[init code]
6356exception_code
6357[...]
6358@end smallexample
6359
6360The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6361@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
6362This is useful e.g. to discriminate between anciliary sections that are
6363tied to setup code to be discarded after use from anciliary sections that
6364need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6365macros just for that purpose.
6366
252b5132 6367The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6368combination of the following characters:
eda683bb 6369
252b5132
RH
6370@table @code
6371@item a
6372section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6373@item e
6374section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6375@item w
6376section is writable
6377@item x
6378section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6379@item M
6380section is mergeable
6381@item S
6382section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6383@item G
6384section is a member of a section group
6385@item T
6386section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6387@item ?
6388section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
eda683bb 6389@item @code{<number>}
9fb71ee4
NC
6390a numeric value indicating the bits to be set in the ELF section header's flags
6391field. Note - if one or more of the alphabetic characters described above is
6392also included in the flags field, their bit values will be ORed into the
6393resulting value.
eda683bb
NC
6394@item @code{<target specific>}
6395some targets extend this list with their own flag characters
252b5132
RH
6396@end table
6397
9fb71ee4
NC
6398Note - once a section's flags have been set they cannot be changed. There are
6399a few exceptions to this rule however. Processor and application specific
6400flags can be added to an already defined section. The @code{.interp},
6401@code{.strtab} and @code{.symtab} sections can have the allocate flag
6402(@code{a}) set after they are initially defined, and the @code{.note-GNU-stack}
eda683bb 6403section may have the executable (@code{x}) flag added.
9fb71ee4 6404
252b5132 6405The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
eda683bb 6406
252b5132
RH
6407@table @code
6408@item @@progbits
6409section contains data
6410@item @@nobits
6411section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6412@item @@note
6413section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6414@item @@init_array
6415section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6416@item @@fini_array
6417section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6418@item @@preinit_array
6419section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
eda683bb 6420@item @@@code{<number>}
9fb71ee4 6421a numeric value to be set as the ELF section header's type field.
eda683bb 6422@item @@@code{<target specific>}
9fb71ee4 6423some targets extend this list with their own types
252b5132
RH
6424@end table
6425
9fb71ee4
NC
6426Many targets only support the first three section types. The type may be
6427enclosed in double quotes if necessary.
10b016c2 6428
ececec60
NC
6429Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6430ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6431@code{%} character.
6432
9fb71ee4
NC
6433Note - some sections, eg @code{.text} and @code{.data} are considered to be
6434special and have fixed types. Any attempt to declare them with a different
6435type will generate an error from the assembler.
6436
22fe14ad 6437If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6438be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6439
6440@smallexample
6441.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6442@end smallexample
6443
6444Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6445constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6446@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6447@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6448the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6449absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6450which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6451@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6452@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6453
6454If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6455be present along with an additional field like this:
6456
6457@smallexample
6458.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6459@end smallexample
6460
6461The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6462particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
eda683bb 6463
22fe14ad
NC
6464@table @code
6465@item comdat
6466indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6467@item .gnu.linkonce
6468an alias for comdat
6469@end table
6470
96e9638b 6471Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6472the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6473
6474@smallexample
6475.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6476@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6477
01642c12
RM
6478If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6479@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6480present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6481this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6482@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6483If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6484
252b5132
RH
6485If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6486the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6487none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6488executable. The section will contain data.
6489
6490For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6491directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6492
252b5132
RH
6493@smallexample
6494.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6495@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6496
252b5132
RH
6497Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6498separated flags:
eda683bb 6499
252b5132
RH
6500@table @code
6501@item #alloc
6502section is allocatable
6503@item #write
6504section is writable
6505@item #execinstr
6506section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6507@item #exclude
6508section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6509@item #tls
6510section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6511@end table
c91d2e08 6512
e9863d7f
DJ
6513This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6514contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6515some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6516work.
c1253627
NC
6517@end ifset
6518@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6519
6520@node Set
6521@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6522
6523@cindex @code{set} directive
6524@cindex symbol value, setting
6525Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6526changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6527@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6528flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6529
5d239759
NC
6530You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6531values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6532involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6533being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6534addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6535final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6536the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6537different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6538
6539If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6540file is the last value stored into it.
6541
3c9b82ba
NC
6542@ifset Z80
6543On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6544@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6545@end ifset
6546
252b5132
RH
6547@node Short
6548@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6549
6550@cindex @code{short} directive
6551@ifset GENERIC
6552@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6553@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6554
6555In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6556numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6557@end ifset
6558@ifclear GENERIC
6559@ifset W16
6560@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6561@end ifset
6562@ifset W32
6563This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6564a 16 bit number for each.
6565@end ifset
6566@end ifclear
6567
6568@node Single
6569@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6570
6571@cindex @code{single} directive
6572@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6573This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6574has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6575@ifset GENERIC
6576The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6577@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6578@end ifset
6579@ifclear GENERIC
6580@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6581On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6582numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6583@end ifset
6584@end ifclear
6585
c1253627 6586@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6587@node Size
c1253627 6588@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6589
c1253627
NC
6590This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6591
6592@ifset COFF
6593@ifset ELF
6594@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6595@subheading COFF Version
6596@end ifset
6597
6598@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6599For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6600@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6601
6602@smallexample
6603.size @var{expression}
6604@end smallexample
252b5132 6605
c91d2e08 6606@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6607@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6608@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6609ignores it.
6610@end ifset
c1253627 6611@end ifset
c91d2e08 6612
c1253627
NC
6613@ifset ELF
6614@ifset COFF
6615@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6616@subheading ELF Version
6617@end ifset
6618
6619@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6620For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6621
c1253627
NC
6622@smallexample
6623.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6624@end smallexample
6625
6626This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6627The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6628arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6629symbols.
c1253627
NC
6630@end ifset
6631@end ifset
252b5132 6632
252b5132
RH
6633@ifclear no-space-dir
6634@node Skip
6635@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6636
6637@cindex @code{skip} directive
6638@cindex filling memory
6639This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6640@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6641@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6642@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6643@end ifclear
252b5132 6644
ccf8a69b
BW
6645@node Sleb128
6646@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6647
6648@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6649@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6650compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6651symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6652
884f0d36 6653@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6654@node Space
6655@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6656
6657@cindex @code{space} directive
6658@cindex filling memory
6659This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6660@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6661and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6662as @samp{.skip}.
6663
6664@ifset HPPA
6665@quotation
6666@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6667targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6668Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6669@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6670for a summary.
6671@end quotation
6672@end ifset
6673@end ifclear
6674
252b5132
RH
6675@ifset have-stabs
6676@node Stab
6677@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6678
6679@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6680@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6681There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6682All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6683The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6684cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6685Up to five fields are required:
6686
6687@table @var
6688@item string
6689This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6690@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6691debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6692using this field.
6693
6694@item type
6695An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6696this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6697and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6698
6699@item other
6700An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6701low 8 bits of this expression.
6702
6703@item desc
6704An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6705bits of this expression.
6706
6707@item value
6708An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6709@end table
6710
6711If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6712or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6713you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6714compatible with earlier assemblers!
6715
6716@table @code
6717@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6718@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6719
6720The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6721It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6722null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6723strings.
6724
6725The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6726relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6727is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6728assembled.
6729
6730@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6731@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6732The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6733
6734@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6735@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6736All five fields are specified.
6737@end table
6738@end ifset
6739@c end have-stabs
6740
6741@node String
38a57ae7 6742@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6743"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6744
6745@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6746@cindex string8, copying to object file
6747@cindex string16, copying to object file
6748@cindex string32, copying to object file
6749@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6750@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6751@cindex @code{string8} directive
6752@cindex @code{string16} directive
6753@cindex @code{string32} directive
6754@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6755
6756Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6757one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6758particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6759You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6760
01642c12 6761The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6762the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6763copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6764are stored in target endianness byte order.
6765
6766Example:
6767@smallexample
6768 .string32 "BYE"
6769expands to:
6770 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6771 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6772@end smallexample
6773
6774
252b5132
RH
6775@node Struct
6776@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6777
6778@cindex @code{struct} directive
6779Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6780which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6781@smallexample
6782 .struct 0
6783field1:
6784 .struct field1 + 4
6785field2:
6786 .struct field2 + 4
6787field3:
6788@end smallexample
6789This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6790@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6791value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6792use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6793before further assembly.
6794
c91d2e08
NC
6795@ifset ELF
6796@node SubSection
6797@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6798
c1253627 6799@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6800@cindex Section Stack
6801This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6802@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6803@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6804(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6805
6806This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6807section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6808in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6809@end ifset
6810
252b5132
RH
6811@ifset ELF
6812@node Symver
6813@section @code{.symver}
6814@cindex @code{symver} directive
6815@cindex symbol versioning
6816@cindex versions of symbols
6817Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6818within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6819typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6820There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6821into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6822shared library.
6823
79082ff0 6824For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6825@smallexample
6826.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6827@end smallexample
339681c0 6828If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6829being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6830alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6831just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6832permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6833of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6834itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6835have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6836file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6837function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6838the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6839building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6840symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6841nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6842
6843If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6844references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6845reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6846symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6847
6848Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6849@smallexample
6850.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6851@end smallexample
6852In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6853the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6854difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6855references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6856
6857The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6858@smallexample
6859.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6860@end smallexample
6861When @var{name} is not defined within the
6862file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6863@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6864name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6865@end ifset
6866
6867@ifset COFF
6868@node Tag
6869@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6870
6871@cindex COFF structure debugging
6872@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6873@cindex @code{tag} directive
6874This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6875information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6876@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6877definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6878@ifset BOUT
6879
6880@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6881@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6882ignores it.
6883@end ifset
6884@end ifset
6885
6886@node Text
6887@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6888
6889@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6890Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6891the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6892expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6893is used.
6894
6895@node Title
6896@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6897
6898@cindex @code{title} directive
6899@cindex listing control: title line
6900Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6901source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6902
6903This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6904it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6905
c1253627 6906@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6907@node Type
c1253627
NC
6908@section @code{.type}
6909
6910This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6911
6912@ifset COFF
6913@ifset ELF
6914@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6915@subheading COFF Version
6916@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6917
6918@cindex COFF symbol type
6919@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6920@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6921For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6922@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6923
6924@smallexample
6925.type @var{int}
6926@end smallexample
6927
6928This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6929entry.
252b5132 6930
c91d2e08 6931@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6932@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6933@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6934directive but ignores it.
6935@end ifset
c1253627 6936@end ifset
c91d2e08 6937
c1253627
NC
6938@ifset ELF
6939@ifset COFF
6940@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6941@subheading ELF Version
6942@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6943
6944@cindex ELF symbol type
6945@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6946@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6947For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6948
6949@smallexample
6950.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6951@end smallexample
6952
6953This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6954function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6955supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6956compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6957
6958Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6959@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6960below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6961the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6962maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6963assemblers.
6964
6965The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6966
6967@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6968 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6969 .type <name>,#<type>
6970 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6971 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6972 .type <name>,"<type>"
6973@end smallexample
6974
6975The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6976
5671778d
NC
6977@table @gcctabopt
6978@item STT_FUNC
6979@itemx function
6980Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6981
d8045f23
NC
6982@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6983@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6984Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 6985processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 6986
5671778d
NC
6987@item STT_OBJECT
6988@itemx object
6989Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6990
6991@item STT_TLS
6992@itemx tls_object
6993Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6994
6995@item STT_COMMON
6996@itemx common
6997Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6998
6999@item STT_NOTYPE
7000@itemx notype
7001Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
7002
3e7a7d11
NC
7003@item gnu_unique_object
7004Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
7005will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
7006name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
7007systems).
3e7a7d11 7008
5671778d
NC
7009@end table
7010
7011Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 7012
c1253627
NC
7013@end ifset
7014@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7015
7016@node Uleb128
7017@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
7018
7019@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 7020@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 7021compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 7022symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
7023
7024@ifset COFF
7025@node Val
7026@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
7027
7028@cindex @code{val} directive
7029@cindex COFF value attribute
7030@cindex value attribute, COFF
7031This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
7032records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
7033entry.
7034@ifset BOUT
7035
a4fb0134 7036@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
7037configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
7038@end ifset
7039@end ifset
7040
2e13b764 7041@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
7042@node Version
7043@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 7044
c1253627 7045@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7046This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
7047formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 7048@end ifset
2e13b764 7049
c91d2e08
NC
7050@ifset ELF
7051@node VTableEntry
7052@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 7053
653cfe85 7054@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7055This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
7056@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 7057
c91d2e08
NC
7058@node VTableInherit
7059@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 7060
653cfe85 7061@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7062This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
7063@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 7064parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 7065parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 7066@end ifset
2e13b764 7067
d190d046
HPN
7068@node Warning
7069@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
7070@cindex warning directive
7071Similar to the directive @code{.error}
7072(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
7073
c91d2e08
NC
7074@node Weak
7075@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 7076
c1253627 7077@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 7078This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 7079@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 7080
01642c12 7081On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 7082directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
7083@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
7084
977cdf5a 7085On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7086When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7087alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7088
06e77878
AO
7089@node Weakref
7090@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7091
7092@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7093This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7094be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7095If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7096will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7097symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7098
7099The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7100assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7101symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7102resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7103had the references to the alias removed.
7104
7105The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7106within the assembler.
7107
252b5132
RH
7108@node Word
7109@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7110
7111@cindex @code{word} directive
7112This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7113separated by commas.
7114@ifclear GENERIC
7115@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7116For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7117@end ifset
7118@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7119For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7120@end ifset
7121@end ifclear
7122@ifset GENERIC
7123
7124The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7125depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7126@end ifset
7127
7128@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
7129@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7130@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7131@cindex difference tables altered
7132@cindex altered difference tables
7133@quotation
7134@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7135@end quotation
7136
7137@ifset GENERIC
7138Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7139addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7140interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7141@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7142
7143@end ifset
7144In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7145@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7146Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7147compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7148directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7149@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7150creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7151This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7152first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7153of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7154table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7155contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7156@code{sym2}.
7157
7158If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7159secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7160@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7161long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7162and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7163minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7164entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7165
7166@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7167@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7168@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7169assembly language programmers.
7170@end ifset
7171@end ifset
7172@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7173
7ce98c16
NC
7174@ifclear no-space-dir
7175@node Zero
7176@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7177
7178@cindex @code{zero} directive
7179@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7180This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7181expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
7182so in can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7183instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7184@end ifclear
7185
252b5132
RH
7186@node Deprecated
7187@section Deprecated Directives
7188
7189@cindex deprecated directives
7190@cindex obsolescent directives
7191One day these directives won't work.
7192They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7193@table @t
7194@item .abort
7195@item .line
7196@end table
7197
3a99f02f
DJ
7198@ifset ELF
7199@node Object Attributes
7200@chapter Object Attributes
7201@cindex object attributes
7202
7203@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7204into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7205Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7206point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7207requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7208passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7209hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7210generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7211newer generation at run-time.
7212
7213This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7214@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7215time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7216correctly.
7217
7218Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7219attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7220string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7221and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7222or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7223attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7224
7225Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7226The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7227
7228@menu
7229* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7230* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7231@end menu
7232
7233@node GNU Object Attributes
7234@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7235
7236The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7237with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7238
7239Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7240its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7241an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
72422} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7243architecture-dependent ones.
7244
7245@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7246
7247These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7248
7249@table @r
7250@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7251The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7252the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7253then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7254than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7255arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7256@end table
7257
7258@subsection MIPS Attributes
7259
7260@table @r
7261@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7262The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7263
7264@itemize @bullet
7265@item
72660 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7267@item
f179c512
MF
72681 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7269double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7270@item
72712 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7272@item
72733 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7274@item
f179c512
MF
72754 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7276floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7277number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7278@item
72795 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7280with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7281general-purpose registers.
7282@item
72836 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7284registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7285@item
72867 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7287registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7288direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7289@end itemize
7290@end table
7291
7292@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7293
7294@table @r
7295@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7296The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7297
7298@itemize @bullet
7299@item
73000 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7301@item
3c7b9897 73021 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7303@item
73042 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7305@item
73063 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7307@end itemize
7308
7309@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7310The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7311
7312@itemize @bullet
7313@item
73140 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7315@item
73161 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7317@item
73182 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7319@item
73203 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7321@end itemize
7322@end table
7323
643f7afb
AK
7324@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7325
7326@table @r
7327@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7328The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7329
7330@itemize @bullet
7331@item
73320 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7333@item
73341 for files using software vector ABI.
7335@item
73362 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7337@end itemize
7338@end table
7339
3a99f02f
DJ
7340@node Defining New Object Attributes
7341@section Defining New Object Attributes
7342
7343If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7344will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7345mailing list.
7346
7347@itemize @bullet
7348@item
7349This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7350@item
7351The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7352@item
7353The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7354and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7355@item
7356Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7357@item
7358@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7359@item
7360GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7361@end itemize
7362
7363@end ifset
7364
252b5132
RH
7365@ifset GENERIC
7366@node Machine Dependencies
7367@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7368
7369@cindex machine dependencies
7370The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7371each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7372vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7373directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7374assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7375@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7376optimization.
7377
7378This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7379include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7380subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7381
7382@menu
a06ea964
NC
7383@ifset AARCH64
7384* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7385@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7386@ifset ALPHA
7387* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7388@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7389@ifset ARC
7390* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7391@end ifset
7392@ifset ARM
7393* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7394@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7395@ifset AVR
7396* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7397@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7398@ifset Blackfin
7399* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7400@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7401@ifset CR16
7402* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7403@end ifset
8bf549a8 7404@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7405* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7406@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7407@ifset D10V
7408* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7409@end ifset
7410@ifset D30V
7411* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7412@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7413@ifset EPIPHANY
7414* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7415@end ifset
252b5132 7416@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7417* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7418@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7419@ifset HPPA
7420* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7421@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
7422@ifset I370
7423* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
7424@end ifset
252b5132 7425@ifset I80386
55b62671 7426* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7427@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
7428@ifset I860
7429* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
7430@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7431@ifset I960
7432* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
7433@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7434@ifset IA64
7435* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7436@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7437@ifset IP2K
7438* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7439@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7440@ifset LM32
7441* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7442@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7443@ifset M32C
7444* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7445@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7446@ifset M32R
7447* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7448@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7449@ifset M680X0
7450* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7451@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7452@ifset M68HC11
7453* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7454@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7455@ifset METAG
7456* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7457@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7458@ifset MICROBLAZE
7459* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7460@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7461@ifset MIPS
7462* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7463@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7464@ifset MMIX
7465* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7466@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7467@ifset MSP430
7468* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7469@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7470@ifset NDS32
7471* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7472@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7473@ifset NIOSII
7474* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7475@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7476@ifset NS32K
7477* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7478@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7479@ifset PDP11
7480* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7481@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7482@ifset PJ
7483* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7484@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7485@ifset PPC
7486* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7487@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7488@ifset RL78
7489* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7490@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7491@ifset RX
7492* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7493@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7494@ifset S390
7495* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7496@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7497@ifset SCORE
7498* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7499@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7500@ifset SH
7501* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7502* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
7503@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7504@ifset SPARC
7505* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7506@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7507@ifset TIC54X
7508* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7509@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7510@ifset TIC6X
7511* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7512@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7513@ifset TILEGX
7514* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7515@end ifset
7516@ifset TILEPRO
7517* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7518@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7519@ifset V850
7520* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7521@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7522@ifset VAX
7523* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7524@end ifset
7525@ifset VISIUM
7526* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7527@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7528@ifset XGATE
7529* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7530@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7531@ifset XSTORMY16
7532* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7533@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7534@ifset XTENSA
7535* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7536@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7537@ifset Z80
7538* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7539@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7540@ifset Z8000
7541* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7542@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7543@end menu
7544
7545@lowersections
7546@end ifset
7547
7548@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7549@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7550@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7551@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7552@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7553@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7554@c in both conditional blocks.
7555
a06ea964
NC
7556@ifset AARCH64
7557@include c-aarch64.texi
7558@end ifset
7559
625e1353
RH
7560@ifset ALPHA
7561@include c-alpha.texi
7562@end ifset
7563
7564@ifset ARC
7565@include c-arc.texi
7566@end ifset
7567
252b5132
RH
7568@ifset ARM
7569@include c-arm.texi
7570@end ifset
7571
8473f7a4
DC
7572@ifset AVR
7573@include c-avr.texi
7574@end ifset
7575
3b4e1885 7576@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7577@include c-bfin.texi
7578@end ifset
7579
3d3d428f
NC
7580@ifset CR16
7581@include c-cr16.texi
7582@end ifset
7583
328eb32e
HPN
7584@ifset CRIS
7585@include c-cris.texi
7586@end ifset
7587
c2dcd04e 7588@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7589@ifclear GENERIC
7590@node Machine Dependencies
7591@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7592
c2dcd04e 7593The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7594and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7595chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7596family.
7597
7598@menu
c2dcd04e 7599* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7600* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7601@end menu
7602@lowersections
7603@end ifclear
7604@end ifset
7605
7606@ifset D10V
7607@include c-d10v.texi
7608@end ifset
7609
7610@ifset D30V
7611@include c-d30v.texi
7612@end ifset
7613
cfb8c092
NC
7614@ifset EPIPHANY
7615@include c-epiphany.texi
7616@end ifset
7617
252b5132
RH
7618@ifset H8/300
7619@include c-h8300.texi
7620@end ifset
7621
252b5132
RH
7622@ifset HPPA
7623@include c-hppa.texi
7624@end ifset
7625
5b93d8bb
AM
7626@ifset I370
7627@include c-i370.texi
7628@end ifset
7629
252b5132
RH
7630@ifset I80386
7631@include c-i386.texi
7632@end ifset
7633
e3308d0d
JE
7634@ifset I860
7635@include c-i860.texi
7636@end ifset
7637
252b5132
RH
7638@ifset I960
7639@include c-i960.texi
7640@end ifset
7641
9e32ca89
NC
7642@ifset IA64
7643@include c-ia64.texi
7644@end ifset
7645
a40cbfa3
NC
7646@ifset IP2K
7647@include c-ip2k.texi
7648@end ifset
7649
84e94c90
NC
7650@ifset LM32
7651@include c-lm32.texi
7652@end ifset
7653
49f58d10
JB
7654@ifset M32C
7655@include c-m32c.texi
7656@end ifset
7657
ec694b89
NC
7658@ifset M32R
7659@include c-m32r.texi
7660@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7661
7662@ifset M680X0
7663@include c-m68k.texi
7664@end ifset
7665
60bcf0fa
NC
7666@ifset M68HC11
7667@include c-m68hc11.texi
7668@end ifset
7669
a3c62988
NC
7670@ifset METAG
7671@include c-metag.texi
7672@end ifset
7673
01642c12 7674@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7675@include c-microblaze.texi
7676@end ifset
7677
252b5132
RH
7678@ifset MIPS
7679@include c-mips.texi
7680@end ifset
7681
3c3bdf30
NC
7682@ifset MMIX
7683@include c-mmix.texi
7684@end ifset
7685
2469cfa2
NC
7686@ifset MSP430
7687@include c-msp430.texi
7688@end ifset
7689
35c08157
KLC
7690@ifset NDS32
7691@include c-nds32.texi
7692@end ifset
7693
36591ba1
SL
7694@ifset NIOSII
7695@include c-nios2.texi
7696@end ifset
7697
252b5132
RH
7698@ifset NS32K
7699@include c-ns32k.texi
7700@end ifset
7701
e135f41b
NC
7702@ifset PDP11
7703@include c-pdp11.texi
7704@end ifset
7705
041dd5a9
ILT
7706@ifset PJ
7707@include c-pj.texi
7708@end ifset
7709
418c1742
MG
7710@ifset PPC
7711@include c-ppc.texi
7712@end ifset
7713
99c513f6
DD
7714@ifset RL78
7715@include c-rl78.texi
7716@end ifset
7717
046d31c2
NC
7718@ifset RX
7719@include c-rx.texi
7720@end ifset
7721
11c19e16
MS
7722@ifset S390
7723@include c-s390.texi
7724@end ifset
7725
c0157db4
NC
7726@ifset SCORE
7727@include c-score.texi
7728@end ifset
7729
252b5132
RH
7730@ifset SH
7731@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7732@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7733@end ifset
7734
7735@ifset SPARC
7736@include c-sparc.texi
7737@end ifset
7738
39bec121
TW
7739@ifset TIC54X
7740@include c-tic54x.texi
7741@end ifset
7742
40b36596
JM
7743@ifset TIC6X
7744@include c-tic6x.texi
7745@end ifset
7746
aa137e4d
NC
7747@ifset TILEGX
7748@include c-tilegx.texi
7749@end ifset
7750
7751@ifset TILEPRO
7752@include c-tilepro.texi
7753@end ifset
7754
b6605ddd
EB
7755@ifset V850
7756@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
7757@end ifset
7758
7759@ifset VAX
7760@include c-vax.texi
7761@end ifset
7762
b6605ddd
EB
7763@ifset VISIUM
7764@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
7765@end ifset
7766
f6c1a2d5
NC
7767@ifset XGATE
7768@include c-xgate.texi
7769@end ifset
7770
6753e72f
NC
7771@ifset XSTORMY16
7772@include c-xstormy16.texi
7773@end ifset
7774
e0001a05
NC
7775@ifset XTENSA
7776@include c-xtensa.texi
7777@end ifset
7778
b6605ddd
EB
7779@ifset Z80
7780@include c-z80.texi
7781@end ifset
7782
7783@ifset Z8000
7784@include c-z8k.texi
7785@end ifset
7786
252b5132
RH
7787@ifset GENERIC
7788@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7789@raisesections
7790@end ifset
7791
7792@node Reporting Bugs
7793@chapter Reporting Bugs
7794@cindex bugs in assembler
7795@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7796
a4fb0134 7797Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7798
7799Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7800not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7801entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7802Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7803
7804In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7805information that enables us to fix the bug.
7806
7807@menu
7808* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7809* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7810@end menu
7811
7812@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7813@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7814@cindex bug criteria
7815
7816If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7817
7818@itemize @bullet
7819@cindex fatal signal
7820@cindex assembler crash
7821@cindex crash of assembler
7822@item
7823If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7824@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7825
7826@cindex error on valid input
7827@item
a4fb0134 7828If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7829
7830@cindex invalid input
7831@item
a4fb0134 7832If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7833is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7834be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7835
7836@item
7837If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7838of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7839@end itemize
7840
7841@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7842@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7843@cindex bug reports
7844@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7845
7846A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7847you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7848contact that organization first.
7849
7850You can find contact information for many support companies and
7851individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7852distribution.
7853
ad22bfe8 7854@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7855In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7856to @value{BUGURL}.
7857@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7858
7859The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7860@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7861fact or leave it out, state it!
7862
7863Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7864and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7865name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7866not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7867happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7868perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7869the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7870give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7871and the most helpful.
7872
7873Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7874it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7875that the bug has not been reported previously.
7876
7877Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7878bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7879respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7880You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7881
7882To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7883
7884@itemize @bullet
7885@item
a4fb0134 7886The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7887it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7888
7889Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7890the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7891
7892@item
a4fb0134 7893Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7894
7895@item
7896The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7897version number.
7898
7899@item
a4fb0134 7900What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7901``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7902
7903@item
7904The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7905observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7906all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7907
7908If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7909and then we might not encounter the bug.
7910
7911@item
7912A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7913the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7914high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7915when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7916the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7917file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7918@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7919
7920@item
7921A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7922incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7923
a4fb0134 7924Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7925will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7926notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7927make a mistake.
7928
7929Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7930explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7931@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7932library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7933would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7934would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7935expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7936observations.
7937
7938@item
a4fb0134 7939If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7940diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7941option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7942discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7943by line number.
7944
7945The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7946sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7947@end itemize
7948
7949Here are some things that are not necessary:
7950
7951@itemize @bullet
7952@item
7953A description of the envelope of the bug.
7954
7955Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7956which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7957changes will not affect it.
7958
7959This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7960will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7961with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7962We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7963
7964Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7965of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7966output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7967less time, and so on.
7968
7969However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7970report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7971
7972@item
7973A patch for the bug.
7974
7975A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7976the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7977a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7978to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7979
a4fb0134 7980Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7981construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7982the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7983one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7984
7985And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7986patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7987help us to understand.
7988
7989@item
7990A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7991
7992Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7993things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7994@end itemize
7995
7996@node Acknowledgements
7997@chapter Acknowledgements
7998
653cfe85 7999If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 8000it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 8001maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
8002@c (October 2012),
8003the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
8004
8005Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
8006more details?}
8007
8008Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
8009information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
8010extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
8011
8012K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
8013many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
8014up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
8015testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
8016including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
8017and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
8018support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
8019port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
8020file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
8021assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
8022
8023Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
8024in format-specific I/O modules.
8025
8026The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
8027has done much work with it since.
8028
8029The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
8030
8031Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
8032
8033The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
8034University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
8035
8036Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
8037(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
8038(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
8039support a.out format.
8040
7be1c489
AM
8041Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
8042tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
8043Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
8044use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
8045targets.
8046
8047John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
8048simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
8049updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 8050fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
8051remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
8052cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
8053required the proverbial one-bit fix.
8054
8055Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
805668k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
8057added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
8058PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
8059
653cfe85 8060Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
8061
8062Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
8063
8064Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
8065along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
8066formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
8067the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
8068
8069Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
8070Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
8071Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
8072Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
8073and some initial 64-bit support).
8074
c1253627 8075Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 8076
252b5132
RH
8077Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
8078support for openVMS/Alpha.
8079
39bec121
TW
8080Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
8081flavors.
8082
e0001a05 8083David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 8084Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 8085
252b5132
RH
8086Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8087configuration enhancements.
8088
84e94c90
NC
8089Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8090
252b5132
RH
8091Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8092you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8093want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8094intentionally leaving anyone out.
8095
793c5807
NC
8096@node GNU Free Documentation License
8097@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8098@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8099
370b66a1
CD
8100@node AS Index
8101@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8102
8103@printindex cp
8104
252b5132
RH
8105@bye
8106@c Local Variables:
8107@c fill-column: 79
8108@c End: